Search results
(61 - 80 of 182)
Pages
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1986-1988
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries. Facts & Figures about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Religious Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 59% of students are Lutheran, 14% other Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic, 8% other. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing. Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802 from 22 states and 24 nations. Graduates - from 1870 through May 26,1985 - 9,231. Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9 to 1.Class size averages 20-30. Campus - 14 major buildings. Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9 major buildings are connected by a skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway system. Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de- partments. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111. Policy -Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Financial Aid - Approximately 85% of the students receive some form of financial aid from the college and many other sources. Contents Facts & Figures ............................ 11 Introducing Augsburg ......................2 Admissions ....................11 College Costs, Financial Policies, & Financial Aid ............16 Student Life ................... 30 Academic Information .................38 Departments & Programs .................59 College Information: ..............................160 DCUS Board ........................162 Administration ...................162 Faculty Emeriti ...................164 Teaching Faculty ................ 165 Academic Calendar .........................173 Communications Directory .........................177 Index...................................1 7 8 lnfonnatlon Request Card ..................1 9 1 Regents Augsburg College Education in a Real World S tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society. The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings. T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission statement which declares that the college exists to provide high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church and by the context of a great metropolitan center. Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven. While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of their own values as they respond to it. ". ..based in the liberal arts " The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging their students to achieve the highest academic standards while supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and individual attention. Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued. Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology, and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements of a complete education. This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted attempt to direct students toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the educated person. ". .. .. shaped. by the context o f a great metropolitan center" Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The college community continually interacts with the city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for experiential learning through internships, professional program field experiences, and cooperative education placements. ". ..and shaped by faith and values." This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to others, to society, and to the world. Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through service to others. \N ithin the larger community of the city and the world, Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and developed. Augsburg College History A College o f the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants: and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The F o c u s C h a n g e s This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the college as a teacher and administrator. The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. - Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Psychology Building. Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education, emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s extensions of the campus and classroom. Serving the Non-traditional Student Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in 1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office. The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence. Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus on a liberal arts base. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies. Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church: education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens: the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. ~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community -the college community, and the larger community. Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from 8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first). Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application Procedures forApplication Freshmen for Admission 1. Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Decision for Freshmen Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Re-Admission of Former Students Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Ron-Degree) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 U.S.A. College Costs, Financial Policies and Financial Aid A 11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources. College Costs 1986-87 The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ..................................... $6.780.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course 540.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course 270.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone) 1.400.00 1,300.00 Full Board (19meals a week) Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00. ...................... ................. .................................. ........................................ Other Special F e e s (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students . ..........$ 5.00 only) .................... Late Registration (per day after classes begin) .................... $ 10.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (Cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .......................$ 5.00 introduction to Cinema $ 35.00 Arts ................................. Life Drawing (See Interim Catalog for fee) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ..............$270.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ...................... fi75.00 Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00 Radio-Television Production ..................... $ .,. 10.00 Theater Technical Production .........................$ 35.00 Student Teaching (per course) ...................... $ 15.00 Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00 Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ...............$ Nursing Credit Validation Tests ,...,..... ..........$ Locker Rental (commuters) $ Student Parking Lot Permit - car .....................$ - motorcyle ..........$ .............. 15.00 75.00 5.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 40.00 20.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year. Deposits Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........................... 9100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage 100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. ........................................................... Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Optiona - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed; 42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon appllcalion and after College approval, a three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100°/~- through the first five days of classes (less $100.00 administrativefee). 90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes. 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes. 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes. 60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and W h e n to Apply New Students -Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad- mission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec- essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after January 1. Returning Stadenha Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. K i n d s of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen- eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance - Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due March 15. Presidents Scholarships Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1. Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient arc laken intn consideration, Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized l~ Irlhc. Irldlarl grants sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact n ~1;gsbur~'s Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy. Loan Assistance National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30 a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10 years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000, Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983 and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10 years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. - Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of $50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl which your family has an account. Student Employment A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign. ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom- mended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships, winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes, *Indicatesendowed scholarships General Scholarships Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni ~~ls S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es- Lnhlislicrtl in 1968. The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc ~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen. Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de- FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s) whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle. burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr. honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) 197 1-1973. Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe Who (ire In n~~rslc andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion. ~~ Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&, 1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the A~~gshurg CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s) who lias st~rcessf~rllv nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity and dsdnm. Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade i v e point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn, Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship* - Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu, and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover a period a160 years, Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship ~ committee. Semi-finalists are inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C. Vaagenes. Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need. Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg COI~P~P, Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College studrnh. David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l, Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler, Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs A~~gshusg Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family, Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Carl Fosse Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen Dr. W. N. Sandstrom Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. - Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family, Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~ Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness. H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952, Library Science Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-UrbanStudies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel. Scandinavian Studies lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar and their familks and friends tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e. ~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Campus Ministry a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as As academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation, support or information. Student Government Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the theatre arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball. Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon- sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services ~ u ~ i b college u r ~ doncerned with educating the whole person and - is recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below. Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met: ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life. Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development. Intercultural Center As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv- ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Living on Campus Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper- class students. A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Riahts The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog. Academic Information ',, 1 I . . . ' i!! A ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the premise that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. General Information D e g r e e s Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). t. -+ - 4 II i' Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models for students. Computer R e s o u r c e s Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computing power also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as- sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/ video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Academic Organization and programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Raymond Anderson (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts - Earl Alton (Chairperson) Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Natural Science and Mathematics Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work M q j o r s and M i n o r s Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major, Mqjors available at Augsburg are: Applied Economics Art History Biology ~ u s i n e s Administration s (Accountina, Finance. International Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration EngineeringZ English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Kindergarten-Elementary Education Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) . . Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Occupational Therapys Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce. 1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree- ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty. 3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their academic major(s). Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg. It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser. Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 . Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103; PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373. Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115. 116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11 ~ and ~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary. -~ -~ - - - ~ ~ 0 - - ~ 7 Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin Cities a r e a o n several programs. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000volumes, Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of t~ Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s March 1of t h e preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global Service and Education. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors. Cooperative Education, Internships and the Liberal Arts Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n effective form of career preparation. Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students make more informed career decisions. Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students. Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services. Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/ or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required assignments. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study course numbers are used only for study different in content from courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Center for Global Service & Education The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col- leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: - Office of the Registrar Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office. A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a mqjor. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average 2.0 for most mqjors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. - 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music . A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports. English as a Second Language (ESL)Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01 N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 2.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student, Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Setaiice Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. and IFYogams Course Descriptions Maior & Minor Requirements A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of ,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art Department (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum work. The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson. Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 EnvironmentalAesthetics Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism. lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 2 2 1 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications I1 A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25) 351 Ceramics 11 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years) 368 Print Making 11 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 lndependent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists, a s subjects, and a s patrons. 382 ScandinavianArts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Spring 1987) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Fall 1986) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements. Biology Department (BIO) Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty: Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd. - O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11) 355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Mqjor - O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111) 361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Mqjor P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa- tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106). 101 Human Blology llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body. Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and 10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor) to 105 Blology and Soclety iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture. worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply social applicatio~~ lo the innjoxor minor,) 108 Mlcrablology basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor. Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or) 109 Special Topics In Bloloay Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111.112 oeneral Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 1 9 9 Internship Lower division internship. 203 Principles of Nutrition A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption, transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351 Invertebrate Zoology A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4 ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring) 353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates. (3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 3 6 1 Plant Biology A su~vcy of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 4140 Plant PhysioIogy A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring) 4 7 1 Cellular Biology A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring) 4 7 3 Animal Physiology A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall) 474 Devetopmental Biology A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles are included In the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4 mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class. 4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration and Economics Department The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration. Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec. ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration & Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm, Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick. Business Administration Mqjor (BUS): Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations: BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113, 313,311or 312 or 315. Specialization in Accounting: 12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Specialization in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301. Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353. Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the following emphasis to be taken abroad: Three of: Comparative Business Law European Marketing (or International Marketing) lnternational Business Import/Export Operations Multinational Corporation International Financial Policies One of: lnternational Trade and Finance European Common Market lnternational Economic Policies lnternational Economic Institutions Economics of Developing Countries BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent). Specialization in Management Infomation Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476, 479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC 170. Honors Maor: GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113. 175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law s offered. Students mabring In Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination during their last semester. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and Micro Computer Accounting. Business (BUS) 175 Computers for Economics and BusEness A n i~~lroduction tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC). ge data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221) 242 Principles OF Management Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager. 252 Prlnclptes of Marketing Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s. 279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) 295 Taplcs I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall) d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory gf and Practice 11 A co~iti~~ualion or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring) managerla1Cost Accol~nting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, L C 0 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) International Business Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success. iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses or consent 01 inst~uctor) Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements, idc~~lliy relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370) 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 399 Inlernshtp Program A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will P Lllc opportu~~lty to spend one rull term worltlng with atforti L ~ siudenl snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall) 425 Advanced Accountina Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring) 433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci- 438 450 475 476 479 sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1 Investment Theory Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor) Marketing Management lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352) Information Systems Analysts and Design AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment' t sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~ and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended: BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2) lnformatlon Systems Projects Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended: BUS 479) Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming 1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes. Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo sln~i~talions. Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) E c o n o m i c s (ECO): Mqjor in Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers are also strongly recommended. Mqjor in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130. Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration: 6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252, 279,331, and two other upper division). Honors Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics: 112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 110 Economics of Urban Issues Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs e to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis", Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls, elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also are open to non-majors.) 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken i~~depcndentlyallIJor 110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the olhcr coutses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm, marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or 110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto n tprogress more rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Economics and Business (See under Business). 199 Internship Lower division internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113) 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 295 Topics Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall) 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall) 313 Intermediate microeconomics Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113) 315 Monev and Banklna ~ u n c l f o nor l ~tllc ~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) 318 Management Science l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring) 360 International Trade and Pinance A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112, 1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl 399 linternsltipProwam A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with so~~~rr organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl 413 Labor lkonamlcs Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society. (l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand) 414 Wclfarc Economics Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor) 415 Managerial Economics I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business. Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition, protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring) 416 Mathematical Fmnonlics Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry, knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists. 1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. 2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. 3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. 4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and 5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481, 483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi- ciency are also required. - Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe- matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl genc~al,o r ~ a n tand t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications l Lo )iltman y. pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College) 115.I16 General Chemlaby An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations, enernctics, and bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg) 199 lnternshlp Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351.362 Organic Chemlstry Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac. many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/ Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm; vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~ tric lech~ilq~les nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall) 361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs, quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i e, equilibria and electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.: JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring) 363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each) Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al special sti~ctdi ts may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon. 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR, UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~ stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit: resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra el rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some reading k~~owlerlgc of G e n ~ ~ ar'all) n, 4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc a and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng) or. 482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond, and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1 thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall) tor. 403 QuanCumChernistsy I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and (tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les. Inclurles comznutators. and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs. elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring) 491 Chemistry Seminar 'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers. Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate. 497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers hvo options: 1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in- ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modem Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modem China (See under Department of History) 324 Modem Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics ', 1 1, Department f:" . . Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas. To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the equivalent. To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure. Education Faculty: Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton, Mark Schelske Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352, 381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach ~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295.495 Topics in Mucation Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (112 course) Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,: 255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing) to~. 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course) Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring) 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Secondary Education (EDS) Trudi Osnes (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music (5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (112 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (112 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (112 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (112 course) Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (112course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise ecl must provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ . Special Education (EDE, EDS) Mark Schelske (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course. 282 lntroductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall) Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti- tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: - 1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Dual Degree Plan Michigan Technological University - These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable. English Faculty: Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson. Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses, one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Wrltlng A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex- amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in e Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given. tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought. t P/N grading only. 111 Effcctlwe Writing 'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E i~ either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing, a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218 if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 2 6 1 Modem Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years) 336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1986-87) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. - Foreign Language Department The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of fields such a s foreign language - teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps, or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field. Foreign Languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen, Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz. Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Placement Levels: Chinese (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332, 350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Major: E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall/Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Recommended Supporting Courses: 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 411 Avanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German (GER) 8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Major: 111,112 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11 Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall) 4 5 1 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Japanese (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Linguistics (LIN) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 289 Introduction to Linguistics An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01 various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal assilmptions. i~~vcstigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Norwegian (NOR) Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 -- Old - - - .Norse .- - - - 331 350 353 399 411 499 An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/ minors will have special assignments. (On demand) Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined. Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years) Internship Internship for upper division credit. Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf) lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Russian (RUS) One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 111.112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. 211.212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC) Spanish (SPA) M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver- sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan- guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various ~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 2 6 1 Spanish Language (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11 A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts. debales, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor. 4 5 6 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 4 9 9 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. General Studies (GST) John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit. 140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) Health and Physical Education Department (HPE) Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian. Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad Health Education Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410: 810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336. Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110,114,115,320; 810 103;SOC 231. 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 114 Health and Safety Education (112 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (112 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 399 Internship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Physical Education Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472, 474,475;810 103. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243, 350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be- come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet- ing the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit. 199 Internship lnterrnship for lower division credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (112 course) 'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling in these activities. (Even number years, Spring) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: 810 103. Spring) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim) 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (112 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course) Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim) 476 Coaching of Football (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.) 477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number years, Interim) 478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years, Interim) 479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course) Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field. (Odd number years, Spring, second half of term) 480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course) Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball. Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Department (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval: Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe- cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modem Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. 226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modem Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modem China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modem Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid S Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis SC. la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary ~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari c and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc: ~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be I listed as 1560-1714. - 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl. c 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating to that theme. The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second m qjor. Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. ' Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's and Minority Studies) International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Director) International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia. and others. Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 13courses. (1) 6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or 104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern language. Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the minor. N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. Mathematics and Computer Science Department At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314, 324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445, 450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT 355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175 (or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373 or SOC 362. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175) 224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114, For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must 121,122,131. be selected from 215,314,351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175), 240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over 260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/ or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite. The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121, 122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult with the department about appropriate courses. Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics (MAT) 104 Intermediate Algebra A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II, P/fl gradingonty, Fall) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l ) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l ) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111 Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for 124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1 A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to n scom. puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175, Spring) 2 1 1 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor) 215 Elementany Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324 Analysis An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 351 Modem Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1988) 355 Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170. Fall) - 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science (csc) 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count towards either a computer science major or minor. 170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~' languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs. niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring) 174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11 (See MAT 174, MAT 175) 240 Survey of Computer Science AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued u t p~cq~clrntni~~t roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril programming course. Fall) 2 6 1 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 270 FORTRAIY Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa; ing. (Prereq.240. Fall) 345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?' operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111 350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical D~ problems. Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices. (rrereq.:240. Spring) 352 Database Management and Design Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y. the develepmenl of an elementary database ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring) 395 Topics Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems. Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring) ~ - - - 4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) 4 9 5 Topics Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 497 Research Project An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring) 4 9 9 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. MetromUrban Studies (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture, Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the college's location. Metro Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended. To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director. 199 Internship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 Internship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor, Fall, Interim, Spring) - 498 Independent Study Metropolitan Resources An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course, supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member. .(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles and books. 359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area Using llw c~?mrnunTty as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning prescrvation. pop~~ralions, and soclal senriccs. 399 Internship Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses. 11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Nonvegian Language Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on co~~versalional listening and speaking skills. Students with aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media. 394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser. 111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 2 6 1 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 361 Introduction to Columbia Overview of Columbia and economic development. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Lalin American City Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS) Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority Studies) 384 Women and Work Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures, social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and site visits in the Bay Area. 385 Research Seminar A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n the community on work and social change. 399 Internship (See MUST 399) V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA) This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are stressed. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists' perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs, ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy arts evetits. 364 Lattn American A r t s and Society Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough survey of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan, Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~. 367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism. "dcpendencia. ' Marxism anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce. 499 Independent Study By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead. Music Department (nus) Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an important component of personal, social, and intellectual development. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with a preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts - Music Major: Bachelor of Music - Performance Major: Bachelor of Music - Music Education Major: and Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas. Music Faculty: Rokrt Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laint: Bryce, Wayne Dalton, Stephen Gabrielsen. Thomas Gilkey, Medlce Rlemp, Angela Kretsrhmar, Nichotas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Paul Liohman, Steven Luud, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn PHckelson, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste O'Brien, Marlene Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative QPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 1 0 1 or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense: an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert: or combinations of the above. Degree and Major Requirements Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111,112, 201, 211,231,232,311,312,341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements a s given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section) French or German study a s stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Music Major: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus 1course credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458. Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112: 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble con- current with 4 quarter courses in performance studies. Bachelor o f Music M u s i c Education M a j o r offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. M u s i c E d u c a t i o n M a j o r : 1 7 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a halfjunior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium; Vocal emphasis - 251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis - 151,155and 1course credit of music elective Other requirements: 1 0 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114,115, EDS 265,354,355,356,357 or358,388,478,481,482,483.Consult the Education Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Performance M a j o r is designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. M u s i c Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice: full junior and senior recitals 358, 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium: Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254,435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements Piano or Organ - 301,302,436, 456, one half course credit of music elective Instrument - 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives Bachelor of Science M u s i c T h e r a p y M q j o r fulfills all academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. M u s i c T h e r a p y Mqjor: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; two of 151, 155, 156: 271, 274, 275, 372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103: SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required to fulfill the additional performance and listening requirements. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hourlesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter c o u r s e credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per week. One half c o u r s e credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per week. One c o u r s e credit (B.M.only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student recital, and a s additionally required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend 10 designated music events during the aca- demic year. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. B.A. a n d B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill. B.M. Music Education M d o r - one halfjunior recital 358 at repertoire level 111 and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV. B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358,459. Keyboard Proficiency: B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies. Music Courses (MUS) Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall) 102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants a n d simple modulations. (Spring) 111 Aural Skills 1 (112 co~rrsel Rhythmic and mclarlic diclation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and Iia~?-nonicdictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registmiinn in or ro~nplelionof 101. Fall) 112 Aural Skills 11 (112 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring) 201 Materials of Music I11 (112 course) Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall) 202 Form and Analysis (112 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring) 211 Aural Skills 111 (112 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall) 212 Aural Skills N (112 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel pro ress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion 09202. Spring) 301 Coonterpolnt X (112 course) lFlh thxnt~gll18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double countcrpoinl, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Pall 1986) 302 Counterpoint I l ( l / 2 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring 1987) 311 Composition 1 (112 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall) 312 Composition 11 (112 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Spring) 341 Basic Conducting (112 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) 342 Choral Conducting (112 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class a s the choir. (Spring) 344 Instrumental Conductina 11/2 course) Preparation of and conducc& instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 401 Counterpoint Ill (112 course) Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall) 402 Counterpoint N (112 course) Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring) 411 Composition 111 (112 course) Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall) 412 Composition IV (112 course) Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.:411. Spring) History and Literature 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other Rne arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Exploration and creatloll of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study arid appllcatlori of practical electronic technology used in music will he comhlncd wilfi acsttielic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. Vor non-music majors. 231 Hlstorv and Literature of Music 1 A stud; of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall) 232 History and Literature of Music I1 Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102,112. Spring) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general a s well a s the music student. (Interim) The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232.) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (112 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1987) 332 Music of the Classical Period (112 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1988) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1988) 334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1987) 432 Church Mlrslc and Worship I3evelopment and innrncc ol cliurch music a s evidenced in contemporary worship practices. ncsfgnecI lor the general a s well a s the music and theo l o a s t ~ l d c ~(Spring) ~t. 435 Voice Repertoire (112 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1986) 436 Piano Repedalre (1 /2course) Study of Ihe pia~lolltcrati~refrorn the 17th Century to the present by listening, analy~ingarrd perlorniin<g.(Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 498.499 Independent Study (112 course each) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151 Voice Class Methods (114 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155 Plano Crass Methods (1/4course) I3asic Ireyl>oarrl famlliar'ity, sirnptc accompaniment and music reading slillls necessary to ~necispecilic dcgrce requirements. 156 Guitar Class Methods (114 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 Englllsh Diction (1/4course) Furirlarnc~italcourse In correct standard English diction for singing. FamiIiarlzalion with tile Ir~ternatianalPhonetic Alphabet. Open to all students regi~tercdfor vocal ln5tructlon. The following three courses are continuations of251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 253 German Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1988) 254 French Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2course) Principles, melliods, nlatel'iats and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of vtlriotzs petlngngical scl~onls or thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Afternale years, Spring IDRR) 458 Senior Recital Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit. 459 Senior aecltar (112 course credit) B.M. rarirfidalcs only. I<ccitalmust be preceded by a prerecital hearing by facully ro~nnliLlec,lieperloire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Mlrslc Yerioi-rnancciria[ors. Therapy 170 M u s k Therapy: A Cltalcal Overvfew A suivey of Ll~cmusic. Lhc~apyprograms In Winnesota, with fleld trips to variotts instllullorls. An Introrluctory course [or the freshmen and sophomores considei'i~i~j music thcrapy as a major to give students a htoad bacRgmtrnd 111Llie ways In wliiili irlt~slcis ii.<ed a s a tlierapy. (Intcriln) 271 Musk Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course) Study of nnn.s)~mphorticinstrutneuts, OrfF-Schulwerk,applications of recreational nlusic activities ta clinical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psycholaglcal Foundations or Music 1 An ol~jectlveapproach Lo musical slimirli and response, with an emphasis aspecls of music. An understanding on a r c > ~ ~ s tanrl l ( ~ sociopsychological s of Lhe tcscarrh pmccss and dcvelop~nentof an experimental research project. 373 Psvcholoalcal PoundaCEons of Music I1 lriii>tenien~mion of !lrotq>ant1 individual research projects, emphasis on a ti~~rltidisci~~lir~ary apploacl~to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talertl, and perlomiance. 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Rusk Therapy Senior SemOnar <:lass discirssirrns of theories and research a s they apply to therapeutic seltings lticl~~diny discussion ~Tpl'ofessionalethics. A holistic approach to therapy with n ~ u s i c . 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy CLinical Znternshlp (1J2 course) PII~I-time placemen1 In all MAN?' intcmship setting for six months. Appli~atIonfor In(crns11lp sites must bc made ninc monihs In advance. Sites in Mln~lcsotaare linlileti. (Prercq.:Co~nplelionof all other graduation requirements) Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP) Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the ben- efit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering a t other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes interims. While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 chorale (114 course) 114 Festival Choir (0) 1 2 1 Orchestra (1/4course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131 Woodwind Ensemble (0) 1 4 1 Concert Band (114 course) 142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 ) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded tradi- tionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, a r e available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons a r e adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearinn credit are supplementea by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are outlined In Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - enter I and attain 111; B.M.-Education Major - enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter II and attain V. l l x Voice 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute. Recorder. Horn l 4 x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba 15x Piano 16x Guitar 17x Percussion 18x Organ Note carefully the following provisions: 1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study regis- tration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office. 2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average 063.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance: otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. Natural Science Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator) The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and Lo ssffsfy Minnesota licensure requirements. In addition lo the broad basic background in science, the program is designed to allow fur specialization In a mqjor and for study in the liberal arts. Licensurc Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board oFTeaching has approved the Ilcensure program for scknce teachers and au- thorlzed Augsburg to recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12:Lire Science (minor), grades 7-12: Physical Science, Chemistry rnaJor or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12: Physics (minor), grades 7-1 2; and Science (Grades 5-91. Students planning to teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses Is designed to provide a broad. basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area, The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements or the coltege and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consull with the I>epartrnenlof Education for requirements In Eclucatlon. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106): 2 in life science (810 111,112):4 in physical science (PHY 121,122 and CHM 115,116or 105,106).To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for 121,122. Llfe Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 RIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following gwups: (13 351 or 353;(11) 355 or474; (111) 361 or 481: (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis Chemistry Maor: Broad Base plus 7 courses and chemistry seminar, CHM 351,352,353,361and 364 (or BIO 367),482,PHY 245. Physical Science Emphasis Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245,351,362,395and three additional to be selected from 261,270,352,363,481,486,488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemis- - - - Physics ma-jor. The stutry major or Physical Science Emphasis dent licensed in PRysical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106,the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112):3 in physical science (CHM 353;PHY 245). Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in and 364 or Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351,352,353,361 482: for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122. Nursing Department (NUR) Augsburg offers an upper division rnqjor in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, The program is accredited by the MationaI League for Nursing, Graduates of tlie program are eligibte lo apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirementsfor admission to the major are: completion of an assuclate degree or diploma program In nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5:a current license to practice as an R,N. in the state af Minnesota: and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicmbiotogy, English composition, Introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augshurg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major, The prerequisite courses in soci- ology. psychology, English, chemistry and Zrinlogy listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well a s toward admission to the major. All prerequisite collrses must have been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with gracles k t o w 2.0 must be satisfactortly repeated or chab lenged. In addition, each applicant milst successfu!lyvalidate their theoretical knowledge via d t t e n testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Aagsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursingcllnical practice within t h e past Five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experlencz, or 3)cornpIetlon of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent, Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marjorie Audette, Helen Woelfel Mqjor: 1 0 courses in nursing including 305,306, 31.0,311,330,350, 403,404, 423, 427: PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483.A mfnimrlm grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications are supportive to the major. Courses in the nursing major are designed s o that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall: appli- cation to the department chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 306 Contemporary Nurslng I: Communlcatlon A l r a n s i l i o ~ ~raol u ~ ~ lhal s c In2roduccs 111c components of the professional ralc and bcgins Lhe p ~ o l c s s i n nsocialiration ~~l process. The c o r n n ~ u ~ ~ i c a tit>llprocess is emphasized as onc mean%by which (he nurse-ctienl rela. tionsflip Is negotlalcd. Ililesarlive attd grnilp communication Lhcories are explnr'ecl Inr tllcir appllrallllity to chailginq laIcs and prolession.il practice. (7'rlI<eli~ I I D I LO o r ~ r ~ i ~ ~ t ? i t wlth e r l lS i y10). 306 Contemporary N~rrslng 11: WradEgms in Nursing At? introduction to Lllearies ar~clcc~rlccpli~al thinlting In Lhe process of professitma1 developmcllt. The i~lnctionof theoty In guidlng nlirsir~g practirr i s emphasized. Sclecled nursing cc~nrcplualrrlotlels are sludiccl and Lhelr applicaticln to praclice is cxiirniricd i ~ s i t the ~ q ntlrsing process fonnal. ( t*~ereq..3051 310 Community Health flursing I The l o c ~ of ~ s[Iris course is on com~nunityhealth delivery syslems and the ~racticeni uuhlic hcal(l1ni~rsina.Svslerns t l i e n ~ v. chanae and cnnccois c ~ f i~cal th are kxalnintd as they apply 10 ctlrrenL co;nmurii~ health prod~cms atid Iss~res.Cllnical application or course conlenl involves inalting a heallli assessmetit anti prcpat ing a pilhllc health uurslrig case sludy. Cthical Issues relalcd to r:o~tirnu~~ity heal111 dcdsion-making wllll rlgg~egalc graups are explored. (I'rereq.: 505 or concilnen t enrollmen( l 311 Commirnfty Health lYurslng1r: Practtcam* This course provirlcs a basis for untle~sia~ldirig community charactcrlstics ancl c r ~ l l i r ~ rrtiverslty rl rulalerl ta t ~ c a l l hcare. The nurse's role as a gcner~t alist and as a mcrnbe~of the health learn is cxplorerl. The S t i l d e ~ will detnonstratc hnowl~dgco l ~ o r n m i r t ~ ihealth ty concepts in provlditig care to o selcctcd cascload of clicnts. (PIe~eq.:305,506 nr concurrent cnrotlment, 310,330) 330 Trends and Issues In Nursing Is designed to Ir~vestl~ate the current responsibilities of the prolessinnal nurse. Contem[)orary economic, social, political, and professional trends and Isstics arc explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. T h i s course 350 lntrnduct~onto Nursing Research The rcseilrrh process ant1 methods appropriate to nursingare the focus of this course. Issues of etfllts irr tiufiing researcli are exploredmStilrlents crifor its a[lplicability to niirsing practice. (Prereq.: tique n ~ ~ ~ srcscarcZ~ ing 305,310,330) 403 Contemporary Nursing 1111 Families Tlri5 course provides a aIlenrPtiwl basls for fainily nursing care. Content Includes Camlly as a prinrary group and famiIy dy~lamlcsin light of situatiolial clevclopmcnl evcnts. Consirleration is given to the role of the nurse in fanlily health lare. (ScnIo~'staridlt~g.To Ilc tatten prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Flr~rsIng N: Leadership and Management l'his coilrss provlrles a Il~eoretlralbasis lor leadership and managemenl as crnerging prolessional, nurse roles. Concepls nl change, confllel, comr n u ~ i i c ~ i t iand o r ~ s p t c n i dynamlcs arecxplorccl. Ethics, accouritahllity arid advocacy provide Llle basis fm' i'oic dcvelnpmtlrtt arid professir~naIlstn. (Prereq.: 403) 423 Practicum in Nursina I: Nursina of the Familv* A clinical practicum o?fering the &dent an opfortunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing - care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.;403) 427 Pxacticum In Nursing [I: Leadershipand Management* 'Fitis cli~ilcalpmctlcum t~llllrfsknnwlr:dge and skills from 404. Opportunity is pi ovidcd lo apply Icarlcrslilp and management theory i n a selected aqcncy scttin$\. (I'rercq.: 404) 432 Topic5 In Pturslng course cicsig~ieclto provide In-depth exploration of selected topics in nttrsinq. The s ~ ~ b ] c csti~died ts wlll vary dcpcnding upon the needs and intel'csls ol'the ra~ultyand 3Ltrdents. (Prcrcq.:Senior standing or consent of Il~struf:tor.On de~nand) A 499 Independent Study "Thislearning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a seleclcd topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit wiittcn study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. 'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Occupational Therapy Adaptlng to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied s c h c e that teaches people skflls to enable them to perholm the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional disahflity has arected tllem, The l~ltirnategoal of the occupational tllera. pist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of wlloleness and independence. Given the orienbtfon of this applied science to development of the abilities ofthe whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded In the liberal a*. Augsburg College has a cooperative 3-2 arranwment with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri,to allow stu- dents to earn a achel lor of ~ r t degree s from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the academic major of their choice ancl meeting general education requirements in t h e liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg College while gaining the minimum prerequisite caurses for the OCCupationat Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program adviser and plan their programs carefully dnce tillfflling necessary requirements in three years may he difficult in certain majors, Majors in Dialogy, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated afternatives. Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the Washington University program provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG 111,810 111,112, and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PRY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373. Philosophy Department (PHI) The department of Philosophy is devoted to instructing students in the discipline of critical thinking in relation to the traditional areas of philosophy: theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and logic. By exposing our students to the great thinkers of the past as well as the present, the department of philosophy endeavors to instill a sense of critical analysis and a love of truth. Since the object of the liberal arts cumculum aims at promoting proficiency in those actions most condign to human dignity, the Philosophy department, with its emphasis upon the analytical contemplation of truth, must always play a crucial role in helping students to focus their thinking with respect to what truth there is to be found in the depth of human experience and in the world both here and beyond, that encompasses human destiny. By infusing in students the desire to fulfill the maxim of Delphi, "Know Thyselfl" the study of philosophy furthers in a unique way the quest of liberal arts to express without constraint the fullness of the human potential for perfection. At Augsburg the philosophy mqjor is founded upon the principle that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the core of the mqjor consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to Modernity. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in Western civilization. In addition, mqjors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the department offers as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty. This mqjor has been carefully planned so that students can easfly supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Maom are educated with the demands of further graduate study in mind. However, many philoscphy mqjilors plan to go on to other proksdonal studies such as law or medicine. Many enter thc market place, reeling that the study of philosophy has given thcm the ability to think critically in all areas of human affairs. Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach Mqjor: 9 courses, including 130, 141, 242, 343, 444, and another course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Honors MaJor: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendalinn of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made a t Lhc end of Lhejunior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the studenl's choice, invofvIng research above t h e course level, and a defense o l this thesis before the faculty of the department. Minor: 5 courses, including two from 141,242,343,and 444. Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for hlfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introdnctlon to Philosophyz Ideas and Method Though carh person has his or her own set of ldcas and beliefs, rarely have they beeti critically analyzed or evalualed tor their cnnsislency, adcquacy or lrulli. Onc rcason Tor this is thal indivldl~alslack thc needed slrills. Another Is that Lhey rnay havc had 1fttIe opportunity to examinccrit. lrally somc of the ideas basic to western c.ulture. T11r llurposes of this course are l o prnvide Lhe studcnl with somc cxpcrience i n cxamininq ideas. slid thereby to sharpen the critical ant1 analylical skills reqr~iredto evaluate and cnnstrucl a system of ideas and hellcls. 120 Ethics This course studies the possible grounds for making moral decisions and moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. I t also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must YOLIPWhen does a conclusion validly follow from premises? t lere wc txalnlne the rules which govern valid arguments and work lo devclop your abiltly to recognize and construct sound arguments. 141 InhoducHon to Phltosophy Readings En Cluss!cal Texts The writings of Plato atrrl Aristotle are I h e foundatlor~s of all pfiilosophlcal t s rcad and anaLheuglrt in westel.tl civilizalion. In this course s t ~ ~ d c nwill lyze some of Liie ltey worlrs by Plato and Aristotte, In additiol~.o1I1er phltosophical scl~oolsof thought in the ancient rvrrrIrl will bc sturlletl: Stolcisrr~,Epicureanism and Ncoplatonism in order to brnillarize the slttclent with the other elements that cnrlslitutc classical philnsnphy, hit aclvar~ced Irllroductery course in Y hiloso~rliy(or honor sllldcnts. Ihose contt~nplaling a philosophy niqlor 01'rnlrior and those slucienls wishing a more indepth approach to phllosnpl~yat Ilic tntrodt~cto!ylevel. Excludes sttidents cnrollecl Tor 110. (Pall) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 242 Hlstory or Phllbsoptryt Meditwal and Renaissance Philosophy The Middte Ages war; n p e ~ i o dor great assimilatio~~ and synlhcsis O! e i e nienls of Christian revelation, classical pl~ilosopliy and Islarriic~ulLure.In this course sludcnts wi31 rcad wr-ilings by SL. An.jelm, 5I. Rn~iavetiture,Occam, Si. Tliort~asnquinas a ~ r t[Yictrols l of L u w In order to unrlerstand the pi ocess 01p l i l l o s o p l i i r ~assimlfat l lor] Involverl In conslnlcting a Cl~risllan pl~ilosophy.Since ttic Renaissance was a period of ititensifirat!on of the mcdieval synu~eslssluclcnls will bc exposer1 I n Hie ll,nuglit of Pico, Pfcino and Oninn. (Spring) - 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 343 History of Philosophy: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowtedge begin? In Innate Ideas or with cxperlence? What ran we really Isnaw al)oul tlie world? WIml impact did RornantIclsm have on phifosophy? This coilrsc studles the inaJor empiricists of the 18th cenhkry (Lache. Berkeley, 3tunie). Kanl's synthesis or pllilvsnphy, 19Lh century idealism, and the reaction to Iclealisr?~by meti such as Marx, ICieritegJ5i-d arid flictzschc. (Fall. Suggested prior course, I4 1 nr 242.1 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what car1 be said a bout him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with hutnan anrl animal suffet'in~?Is man realIy immorlal? Arc miracles pnssitllc? W e will conduct a sysletnatic Inquiry into Lhese queslions which fotin the basts of religious beliefs. (S~rggcstecf: one prior course In philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 %IItical Philosophy By rludying the ivritin~soipolitical philnsaphers Cram antiquity up to the moriern periorl studenls wlll be asked Lo cxanilne crucial uestions con01 I~urnanS~rieky.The relallon the nature of cei.niriq Lhc ~r'gal~kaiion the slijte lo religiort, the home arid lhe clty wilt b t Inohed at through the eyes of Plato, I\ristoLle, Clcero, Dantv and Maclilaveli. 365 Phllosophy of Science The scienlist's hnnwleclye of the world is purported to be profoundly different ant1 beller tha~iIirat of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studles in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existcnliallsl aulhors. We ucrEIl exatnine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, arid cxplorc such thcmcs as absutdity, freedom, guilt, despair and pamclox. (Sugqestecl:One prior coursc En philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application nl ethical prlnclples lo problems which arise in the areas of health care and ~Ielive~y, human experimentation, human engineering. l abortion, care lor (lie [lying a t ~ reulhariasia. 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 410 Topics In Phllosophy Ad~~anced s t r ~ d icovering ~s a speclflc area of phllosopl~y,such a s studies in the lliouglil or individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history o i a t ~idea 01. spcclfic probletn, or interdisciplinaryproblems. SCmInar Format. Mny be 1ahe11morc t h a n once for crcdit, (Suggested prior courscs, any from 141, 242, 343,44/1 or conscrll of instruclot'.) 4 3 0 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studlcs iri the pliirosophy of particular philosophers, e.g.,Plato, 51. Xl~omas,Marx, fiegel, I<icrkcgaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. {Suggested prlor courses: 141. 2/r2, 543,or consent of Instructor.) 444 Contemporary Philosopliy What ltrs behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is Cn~Llrtlrat which worlts? Carl we remake philosophy as a rigorous scicncc? 'Tllcse ant! other Issires are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. Seminar format. (Alternate years. Suggested prior course, 141, 242,or 343.) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. 4 Physics Department (pm) Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis, Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the Liberal Arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also served as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates. In addition, the physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the pre-engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-sciencestudents that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Kenneth Erickson, JeffreyJohnson Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major: The same a s the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An indepen- dent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have com- pleted the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of3.O in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 1 0 1 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementa~yalgtbra. Our solar syslem, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical Instrrlnicnts are explalncd and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an tight-inch CelesLron, and a 3inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3one-hour lectures.) 1 0 3 Physics for t h e Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is dPslgned to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy progranls), riiedical technology and other health science progranls. Tl~ecuurse is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall) 1 0 6 Introductory Meteombogy A study or the scIetlce and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designecl to prnvlclc a working kr~owledgror the basic science principles requlred for undcrslantling wealher a ~ i dcllmate. Attention will be given to llir overall weather patterns nC the earth and to ~ I I Etnany varled aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Phystcs, Computers, ahd Soclety h study of the historical development of selected topics In physical science. Attention wilt be give11Lo the Interaction of physics anrl Its associaled techr~otogywl t17 philosophy, religion. and cullllre. SLudy of mechani c ~electricity, , and dlgilat eleclrorrlcs wlll lead up to discussiori of Ole meaning o l twentieth century ptiysics and of (he rolc af cleclronics and computers in modern society, Mitrocompt~terswill be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physits l,I1 A rigorous study of classical phystcs Including mechanics, wave motion, themotlynamics. electricity, rnagn~lism,and optlcs, Desfgnerl for pllysics majors, pre-etiqineciinq studet~lsand other specifled nla]ors. Musl be takcn In sequence. (3 OIIF.IIOU~ Icctures, 3-klOu1' laborntoly. Prcreq.: MAT 124 or concurrent reglslratlnn. 12 1, Yall: 122 Spring) 199 lnternship lnternship For lower division credit. 245 Modem Physics An Introduclion to modern h p t c s from a hlstorlcal and experimental basis. ReTativity, quantum cfPecti atomic and inolrcular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This coursc indicates the need for, and develops t h e experirncntal basts ol quanttirn rnectianics. ( 3 one-hour lectures. l'rereq.: 122. Talt) 2 6 1 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study oranaiog etectron!cs comprises the first halfofthe sernestcr,The second hall includesstudv aidialtal eleca h rnicrotronlcs culminaling in analysis and use 01 m4cmproccss~1~s computer systems. (l'rercq.: lO3,Ill or 122; and MAT 122 ar 125) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351,352 Mechanics I, 11 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion anrl the Lagrangtan and Hamlllonlan formalisnis. 'roplcs Include conservation prlnciple~,single particlc motion, systems of parlfcles, oscillatory systems, cerilral-f0rr.r motion. dynamics of rigid bodies. gtmvitatlon, kine. nratics of two-parllclc systcrns anrl noninertial refcrci~ccframes. (3 oneh o t ~lectures. r Prcrcq.: 122, MhT 226.351,Fa!!: 352 Spring) 362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, 11 The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 398.396 Comprehensive Laboratory (Ih course each) A n emphasis on inclcpendenl Iaboratoly invrstigations. including partfclpatian It1 physics seminars. Ex per ln~entsin Lhe 2 1ca of niecllanlcs, ihermodynam~cs,vtlcuuin ptiyslcs, efcctmnics, elcctricity. u~agnctism,optics, and ~nodcrnptiyslcs. ( 2 tliree-hour laboratory and 1srmir~arIrour per wcck. Pi ereq.: Jilninr stailding or consellt o l inslruclor.) 399 Internship lnternship for upper division credit. 4 8 1 Thermal Physics The study ofj~ropertlesof systems and pmcesses forwhlch temperature Is an 3mporlatit variable. The siibjcrct is d~velopedFrom Lwn Independent yet complcrntntary vicwpoii~ts:the expcri~ncnlaI,rnaclnscopic classical therrnoclyr~an~ics arid the tltcorelical, microscopic stdtlstical mcchar~ics.(3 one-lior~rlectures. Prerecl,: 55 1. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development fram ffrst pri~lclples,lnclirdlng de Rroglle's postulates, Lhe Scliroedlnger equalion, operators, wavefunclinris, cxpcctalion values, an. glllar fiiorncntuni, and approxiination mettiods. Specific problems studied int1t1depoteti tlaI wells and potenLial barriers, the harnioriic nscillator, and the hyclrogcn atom. (3 o~ic-hourlectures. Prercq.: 245,551.fall) 488 Quantum Physics I1 The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular ptiyslw, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prercq.: 486. Spring) 499 lndependent Study An npportt~t~lty for str~dentsto expiore systematically a problem in experimenlal nr theoretical pliysIcs, worltecl out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open taJ~uniorsand senlors with departmental approval. Political Science (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will he encouraged to relate. Insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosoplly, psychology, economics, his. tory, and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-ffelds of political science, the mqjor supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work In the dtsctpline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg political science students have the benefit oFan experienced faculty that brinpls a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speciai strengthsin Interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media. communism. and American ~ u b l i claw. The de~artmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, invoiving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson),Joseph Goldman, C. Lea Hall, Milda Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan . Mqjor: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362).Required: 121 or 122 or 160 or 170;158;384;and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Mqjor: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5in the major and 3.0overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170:158;and a t least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (1V) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 1 2 1 American Government and Politics The polltfcs of American government including the forms of political ideas; ttie patlenl of partidpation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential ant1 Ili~renucralirpoligmaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metroporttan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues. arlors, and structurcs influencing public policy in the modcm urban complcx. Discussionlecturc. sl~nulation.and meetings with politlcal cxpcrls and activists. 325 Public Administration 'Slit politics of pul~licitdministratlon and bureaucratic policy-making in [lie Ut~itcdStates: governmental rcgulatlon, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic intcraction. (Prereq.: 1course in Politkat Strlcncc or consent of instrucloi-) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The politlcal behavior of tlic electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties Ln the electoral proccss, Tielrl work with political parties and ~ntercstgroups anrl rncdia In presidential elections (optional in nonprcsirfenlial election ycars). (Frcrccl.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Pall Lerm of clecllon years) 342 Mass CommunieaUons In Soctety LfFccts nfrtiassct~mniiinlcatlonson indlvidi~albehavior: the uses and control of mass rnedla lor polltir:al ar~tfsocial purpnses Inclurling a study of ccnsorsl~ip,newsmaking. cnlertaitlment and pilllllc affairs programming. ~ otily) ( J ~ ~ n land o r S e ~ l l oslutle~~ts 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section 1V for description. Alternate years) 3 7 1 Constitutional Law I1 (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) 4 2 1 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive orjudicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or statc focus: topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Yolitlcal Science or cansent of instructor. On demand) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 1 5 8 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The rmergcncc, mnlnletiancc and decline of selected democracies, focusIng 011poiltical behavior. institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:One course In I'olllical Science or colrsenl of instructor) 3 5 1 C o m m ~ ~ n lPolltlcal st Systems A tornparalive analysis or the Soviet Union and other communist states in lcrms of polltlml behavior. itrstitutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: ORCC ~ L I ~ SinCPolitical Scicncc or consent of instructor) 3 8 1 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 4 5 9 Topics in Comparative Politfcs Sclcctcd tl~eniesinrluding interpretations of polltlcal systems and compal-ticipotion, l comrnunlparisons or political processes such a s p o l i t i ~ ~ caLiotls, polllical developments, poIi tical change. and rcvolulion. Topic to be lr~cluderlill sul>litle. (Prcrerl.:O ~ i ccourse i r i Pnlitical Science or con. sent of instructor. On demand.) 111. International Politics 1 6 0 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Cammunist Foreign Pollcles Analysls oF I he motivation, Iormulation, and implementation of foreign pollcies of Cornrn~~~ilsl riallons with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and C l ~ l n a (Prereq.: . Otie c.oiwse ill Pnlitical Science or consent of instructor) 4 6 1 Topics ln International Politics Selected tlicmcs including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy dcrislon-malting, simulations of international problems. Topic to be inclurled in sublillc. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years) IV. Public Law 1 7 0 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and s o ciety: roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law: law a s politics: historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law l The legal-polliical-philosophim1role or the Supreme Court in the American polilIcaI systcrn In signilicanl decisions affecting the allocation of powers 111(Ilf ?iatifl~%al government and it1 Lhe Cederal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent oi Ilistructox. Al terndte years) 3 7 1 Constitutional Law 11 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amenrimcnl as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human r l g h b arltl civil lihe~ticsof individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Altcniate ypars) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thouaht A study of influential po?tical philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.) 381 Clemocratic Theory and Practice A stilcly oC tlemocratic thcory and p~lblicpolicy practice with focus on the emergence of politEral dcn?ocracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative pcr,spective. IPrcrcq.:One course in Political Science or consent ol i~~stmctor.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evoli~tionof Marxlst thcory and rnovemerils emphaslzlng Marxism asdevclopcd in Russia and china. Consideration oCLhe polIllcal, social. and ecoliomic dirnet~slonsof the tlieories, wllh somr Coci~soti Lhe preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158or consent ofinstructor.) 384 Political Analysis An anatysls ol diffrrenl approaches and theorlcs in the study of politics including an cx,~n~inatinn of llle requircmcnts or science as a model for potILlca1 stitdy; malor rcscarch rcq~iirerl.( I'rereq.: Statistical Analysis: 158 ancl two uppcr division courses, nr consenl of instructor.) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 Lower Dlvlsion Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 498 IndependentStudy: Metropolltiin Resources An indcllendently clesl~n?clcorll se a sLutlcri( (or grnitp ~Cstuderits)develops, tnaljing cxtcnsive, systematic and irltc~~mled utllizalion o ~ r e s o i ~ r c e s c.g. la LLI~FS. symp05ld, pel'availfltrlc in the rnctrul>ulltal~romn~i~niiy, for~nr?nces,l~ca~lnqs. 'l'tiese resources 17ecorr~ethe corc of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Program in Global Community - Joel Mugge (Director) The Center for Global Service and Education offers a s ~ r i n semester n Program, The Program in Global Community, each year inCuemavaca, ico. It is an academic program that has as its primary focus the study of issues related to global-jusiiceand human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Students live together as a community, but also with Mexican families in the city, and with villagers in rural Mexico. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. - - - ~- m ex- SPA 216.316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director) mS 311 T h e Development Prcrcess 'This seminar focuses 01)~pecllicglobal and Interpersonal developmental processes. Particular tlicories or developtnenl ancl educational approaches are critically exalrlincd. As an inlegrative seminar, thc course attcnipts to JILIII togetlicr Lhe many aspccts of the overall program, The seminar provldes st~rdenlstlic opportunity lo renecl critically on their own cducaLIona1process as wcll, ( Rcquircd coi~rsc) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists oCa series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant Lopic areas r'claled to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists or 12 hours, At~yfour mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required) HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CiST 230 required) INS 299 Directed Study 499 Independent Study Tliis prelcrairly is in a student's majar or mlnar dlsclpl[ne, developed ahead or Ilme E n co~lsuliationwith a departn~entaladviser on the home campus arid the program director. The topic a studenl cl~ooscssl~ouldhe relevat~t110th lo Ihe discipline and the tllcme oiqlollal cnmmnnlty. (Optional fourth course) EEL 366 The Church and Social Change In Latin hmerlca This course focuses at1 the rela tionsliip rlf the churcli Lo poverty, polltical oppression and soclal irijusticc in Latin Anrerica. Cenlml to the course is an cxamivation of the etnerging "Theology of Libcrallon" as arllculated by pronlinenl Latin American theologians as well as I,y peopte directly involvcd tn locaT palishes and devclopmcnt projects in Cucrnavaca. (Prereq,: enc course in religion or tticolngy. Optional fourth courscl Psychology Department (PSY) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions: (2)to develop the ability to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3)to provide practice in the application of these principles. The department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills c h be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. Psychology Faculty: Paul Hirdman (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson, Richard Marken Major: 1 0 courses including 105,264,265,381or 399, and 493. Also PHY 103. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select one course from the DevelopmentaljPersonality courses and other electives to complete the major. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology: for example, areas such a s business administration, biology, or communication. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and comple- tion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: 5 c o u r s e s including 105,with a minimum of 2 courses a t Augsburg. Not m o r e t h a n o n e c o u r s e from 2 9 9 , 3 9 9 , a n d 4 9 9 m a y b e counted toward t h e minor. Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 c o u r s e s including 2 6 4 ( o r SOC 3 6 2 ) , 3 9 9 , CSC 1 4 5 , SOC 3 6 3 , a n d approved elective. T h e s e c o u r s e s a r e designed to provide t h e cognitive background a n d skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies o r firms which d o program evaluations o r self-assessment programs. Systematic a n d periodic assessments of programs for social improvem e n t a r e increasingly expected by government a n d funding agencies. For further information contact Norman Ferguson. 1 0 5 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 1 9 9 Internship Internship on lower division level. 2 5 1 Sensing and Perceiving At1 ecologlcaify oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis o n t h e proressitig of environmental information and how this relales to adaptive behavior and s~lbjcctiveexperience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 2 6 4 , 2 6 5 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I. I1 A two-term sequence Il~cl~tdll~g c.upcritnenla(ion in human learning, probIcm solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception, Emphasis will be placecl on holh stalislical dnd expcrirnct~taldesign ~~~rthorlology. Re+ scarcti Mcthods I may bc I;ilieti for credil withouL continuing in Rcscarch Mcthods IT. Majors in psychology must take hot11 terms of the two-term scqucnce: 264 tiiust prrcede 265; 265 should be (altei~In lhc lemi immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 2 9 9 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 3 5 1 DevelopmentalPsychology: Child Ernpt~asison normal ctilld development and behavior. Consideration of llieorelical systcms used i o ~vlcwing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry illto practical inipticalions and applications of d a h and theory in respecl to the clcvclopmc~rtof childrcn. (I'rcrecl.; 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105) 353 Developmental Psychology: middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on nonnal clevelopme~rLand behavior. Consideration of data and Ihcory related to tlevelnpmcnt cli~rlngL11e middle atlull and olcler adill1 periods ol Ilfe. IncIudcs pcrspeclives or1 death and clying. (Prcrecl,: 105) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in ai~lnralsand titlnian beings. MaJor topics Incl~ide:sleep &f wakefulness, mollvalloti d emotion, learning & melnory, and tnenlat disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. 356 Environment and Behavior A s t ~ ~ dnCyIhe Influel~cewhich the envlronment, bath natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics Include: overcrowding and environmerilal slress. terriloriatity, rlefcnsfble space & crlme, and bullt environments such as rooms, I>uildings8t cllics. (I'rereq.: 105) 357 Learning Leaming concepts. behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Mental Testlng Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnonnaf Psychology An intrnrl~~ctloti to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and ~~sycltological poirlts of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agctlcies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A stud Involving knowledqc uC materials bearing on the development of sex tllkreilces and rnlcs, Lhe e m r l or socieiy upon values and goals, differenlial Zcgal status of each scx a t ~ dpsychopliysiological data bearing upon these cllffcrel~ces.(Prerrq.: 105 or consent of instructor) 373 Organlxational Psychology Theorelicrll conceplual~zalionsof organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of worlc cCrcctlv~ness,anrl social Influences. An organizational field expericnce. Ifrereq.: 105) 381 Psychology In BfstorEcal PcrspecElve Historical clcvelopment oipsychoIogical viewpoints and theoretical positions. (I'rereq.: two psycholow courscs) 399 Internship Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis. 450 Program Evaluation The appllcat~ori01 scientlRc research techniqtres and stn tistlcal analysls to prosgrams for social Impmvemenl. Designing infonilatinn systems Cor tl?e allgolng ~nonitorinyof programs. As?esslrig curnmlinlty needs. Assesslng program ~ffeccivenessatirl cfliciericy, l'he political and organlzalional inntexl or prn:grim monitoring and cvallration. The role of cvatuation research for social p o k y and pmgt am iniprovcmcnt. (PIercq.: 264 or SOC 3KZ: SOC 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Prlnciples. tnetliods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Cousitieratiott {[lver?to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relatlolnhip. (Prereq,:4 courses) 490 Current Topics In Psychology Study of selected areas and lopics in psychology that are not treated exLcnsiv~lyt l l ~ n u g hcuirenl course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior tn icgislration. (l'rereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary lssues Disc~rssianof contcrnporary socEetal issues from a psychological viewpoi~lt.Consideratinn or the apploacfres and methods used by psychologists In studyitlg such t.ssues. (Prcr'eq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registntion by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Stirdc~itsmust prcscnl a written plan prior to registration including carehrlly cotisldered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. -,= -4 'I?'. ' .' - II, , - - +'. 9, 41~ I , .<[ . ' l i )A -% -. :.' - 3, ' -.. ---: Religion Department (REL) I 9- I V I - , - Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of Biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a mqjor and a minor in Religion. Students who wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson Fall 1986),Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson lnterim and Spring 1987).John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, James Porter, Paul Sonnack Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495,the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356, 358,360or 483,362,399,471or 473,481.These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of3.3 in the major and 3.0over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221, or 473,481); APE 232;PSY 105, 356,358,360or 483,362,399,471 351,352or 371,485;SOC 111 or PSY 373,SOC 231;SPC 354.This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson. , 111 Introduction to Theology 199 221 299 350 353 356 An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Internship Internship on lower division level. Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emeraence of the church. Directed Study Independent study on lower division level. Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) - - - - - -- 357 S m e y of Church Blstury A suzvey of Christian history In the early, medieval, Reformadon, and modern periocls. Some attention to primary sources, in addltion to interpretallon$ o i the periods in question, The expatision of the church, its inner life, Ils reIatlon Lo the state, and the development of its dnclrine wlll be major elements of the sludy. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years) 360 Rellglion and Society An cxarnlnation of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological a nalyslswith particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on rellqious movements in American society. (Spring) 3 6 1 The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early CI~rlstlanChurch In the context of lhe Roman Empire, Including such toplcs a s persecution and martyrdom, tlre development of the creeds, Christtanlty In conflict with Crnosticis~nand mystery religions, InonasLicism anti mysltcism. early crlrlstian worship: also incl~~rlit~g the theology nl several early Christian leaders and a special unit o n the Iife and thaugllt of Rugusline. 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered a s funding permits) 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See under Program in Global Community) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 432 Church Music and Worship (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 Jesus and His Interpreters Consideralion of the Mew Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their conlexl. literary stntcture and relationships. Attention fo the varlety or interpretations given Lhe person of Jesus, including the "quest For the I-listorlcal Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 475 Judaism A survey of the history ofJudaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest In such modem Jewish tfilnkers a s Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 4 8 1 Contempormy ~ h e o f o g y An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thaught Loday. as seen f ~ o m the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task or Lhe Christian Church. (Spring) 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 PsychologyoCRellgion and TheoIoSy A S ~ L Iof I -currenl I~ psyclrcllogical views nl rellglon in the context of the traclilional Chrlsllari view nChtunan nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), James Brown Russian Area Studies is an ACTCjoint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The mqjor is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required. This mqjor is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second mqjor in a field such a s business, economics, history. language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Major: 11courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives. M i n o r : 6 courses: 2 courses (1year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1course in Russian history: 1course in Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA) . - -- - - - - Foreign Language Department Chairperson Mqjor: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. N o t e : Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg a s upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such a s English, history, urban studies, business administration. 312 OldNorse (See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand) 351 The Modem Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors w11 b e required to d o assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 352 The Modem Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandlnaviati drama w l l t ~emphasis o n lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to d o assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 377 Scandinavia in the World (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 393 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 394 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Khin Khin Jensen (Coordinator) A student may not list a double mqjor in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other mqjor. Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104;1 social science methodology course (ECO 279,PSY 264,SOC 362 or 365):and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122,258;HIS 103,322, PHI 355;RE1 356;SOC 323,324,440,474;POL 351,363,382,461; 336;seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies .. - - Jerry Gerasimo (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,PSY 105, SOC 121and336) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work Department ( s m ) - - The Social Work mqjor program prepares graduates for entry-levelprofessional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Sclence degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation upon which social work education is based. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everythingthere is to know about his/her job, except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Augsburg social work graduates are professionals, not technicians. Social work mqjors at Augsburg College must be well-grounded in the liberal arts. Effective social workers cannot be technicians. "Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique leaming opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand. a ~ ~ r e c i a tres~ect. e. and work with people different from themselves and fdbe enrichedby this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. ~ f ~ r o ~ r i a tsocial e l ~ ,work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop a Big BrotherIBig Sister program on campus: mobilizing students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Work minor and electives in the department allow students to support another mqjor with knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about pu6 lic issues and d e v e l o ~ and nurture a ~ e r s ~ e c t ithat v e sees the central irnportance of diversity 'to the social fabric df this country. But beyond knowledge, students also are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Rosalie Clark, Edwina Hertzberg, Douglas Peny, Charles Williams Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465, 466,467,469: and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257,260: 810 101; PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,365,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of2.0 is required for each course in the Core Program and a 2.0 average is required in the Supporting Program. Concentration: Concentration in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy a s a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken in the senior year if necessary.) Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative),361,463:260 or SOC 375:SOC 265:and one of 465,POL 121, 158,325. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Educationrequired Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388. Elective courses open to all students: 257 Exploring Human Services With lacully approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professional clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and regular class sessions. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. 260 Humans Developing 1his coirrse provides the knowledge bask to an understanding OF human growth through Lhe life cycle, and or the Interplay of socIocullurat, blologthe growth 01 individuals ~cal,and psyclboluglcal factors whlch influe~~ce aucI larnllie? I n cnnle~nporaryAmet ican society, Ernpltasized Is tlie role or Ll~e"nurt~trlngenvtronrnenl" in rclatlnn to Iwman growth, the Impact or "sustalrilng euviroumenl" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Circlwt h relaled to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or Hfe-style rliverslty Is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandlng Ihrough use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Pollcies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor) 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of minority professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Provides Reld learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organizatlon, soclal plannl~~g, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey oihistorical forms olcornmunlty organization ancl social clwngc, 2) u~~derslandlng the Ll~eorics,basic Issttes, and strategies rclevanl to social protest ancl change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 465 Gbetat Policy:Anatysls and Development Includes the sIudy or tlieorlcs of Soclal Policy formutation and methods of analysls associaled with needs ancl services, and analysis of the impact of poll~yon snclal work ~lracticc.Development and implementation will be virived flrst hand through werlr with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper Integralion of class concepts with practical experieuce. (Prereq.: 361,463, atid senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 468 Special Topics (112 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim) - 498 IndependentStudy Metropalltan Resorlrces An Independenlly dcslgned course a student (or group orstudents) develops, lnalrlng extensive, systematic and Integrated utllizatio~lof resources avallahle in the metropolitan comm~tnlty,e.g, lecttlres, symposia, periortnances, hearings. Thcse resources become the core of t h e course, supplemented I>y lradtlior~alcollege resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated Ily a facutty rnernlrrer ~Fthedeparlrnent. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of inst~uctor) 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prercq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Courses reserved for Social Work majors only: 363 Methods and Skllls of Social Work Rasic features or Lhe helping process: theoretical foundations, principles and techniques orsoclal work inlerventlve methods, and pnctica! expcrience necessary for social work practice with indivlduals and small groups with a rliversity orprofessl~nalsand client groups: devclopment of the s h dent's repcrloire of relationship building sl<itIs.tect~~re-disc~~ssion scsslons and/or taboratory exercises cacli wcek. [Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and rcnnemcnt 01 practice sldlls recognizing adaptations of the prnblern.solving mode! to dlverse populslllons through Iccturc, classmom excrclse ahid tegular class work. I-:nla!gement aC social groilp worls sltflls, emphasts on development of gencrallsl practicc sltills and eclectic approaches with a focus on cllversily of proCcsslonals arid clienl populations. Lectures aild/or laborato~yexercises each week. (I9rereq.: 2.0 in 365 and in 364,candidacy staLLls. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 462 Field Work 11: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status: concurrent with 461; Fall) 466 Field Work 111 (112 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 ('12 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,462,463) 467 The Social Worker as Professional Eth tcal practice, bureaucratic survival, professtonalJob attainment,affirm. ative actlon and sexual harassment issues, personnel policles and practices, alganizalional theory. and resource devclopment will bc stlrrlicd in the course. T h e field work practice becomcs the laboratory For class exerclscs. (Prereq.:Candidacy statrls, 2.a in 461,463.) 469 Field Work IV Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Sociology Department (soc) Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, interim courses, and the co-learningcourses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)program. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning. A mqjor in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work, and in program evaluation. Others have used their mqjors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-grantedaspects of our world. Sociology Faculty: Gordon Nelson (Chairperson),Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Barbara Johnson, Diane Pike Mqjor: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485, Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, intemship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 ofjunior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well a s a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematic and periodic assessments of programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Diane Pike. 111 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology is a unique way of irnderstanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, iti(erac1iot1, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering tile world and orie's place in it. 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in SocIoIogy h variety ot 10pIcs offcclrd periodically depending o n nmds and Interests which are not satisfied by regularrourscofFFTirigs. May be offcred on cam. pus in atldllIon to reqular course offerlnqs or on campus In conji~nctlon wllh A u ~ s l ~ i t r gConscrvatlon 's of Ilu~li;lnResources (CIIR) I'rograrn. ( P W - g . : consent of lnst~uclor) 336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we s e e and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis ofselected aspects of Western culture. 360 Rellglon and Society All cxnn~lnallo~i or tlic Interaction of religion and 5dclely In terns oisociological arlalysls with particular emphasis on conlernporary sociological ttse;krch on r e l i g l o ~ movements ~s and instllultnns In Amerlcan soclely. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others neccling a I~ackg~'orlnd for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of h i g l ~ scllotll algebra arlcl consent or llle instructor. Fall) 363 Research Methods This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation l o ~ r s ~ r n iovcrvlew cr of melhods nforgazilzing, comparlng and interpreting quanlita tlve lnfonnatlo~l.Use of data-processing rquipment lor statisttcal analysis. Dvcrvlcw or commonly -user1 rcsearclr mctltods, especially expcxirncntrll designs arrd appllcat~onsl o proqranl evaluations. Desiqncd for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination ol the Idea oT"gsoup." its relatlonshlp to tndlvldual behaviol' and society. A n analysis of the Ideas 01 "self" and "identity" and wtral part they play In underslantllng Interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health, A look at the major assumplions and processes i~tiderlyinysilr everyclay lire - a Innlc at [he trivlal. (lie ordlna~yand the lake~vfor-granlecl,"Sytnbollc interaction," an 1111Ilortalll olienlallon In social psychology, wlll l x used as a way of deallng with the tnajor lssucs In [tie caursc. (I'rcreq,: 121 and PSY 105.juni01 or senior studcrlts only) 381 The City and Metro-UrbanPlanning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111or 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modem Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Fall) 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g, lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 1 1 1or 1 2 1and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Studcnt nil~stpresent written proposal cantalning rationale, objectives and methodorogy or the p~oposedstudy according to department guidelines. (l'rcrcq.: 121 and conscnl ol Instrur~or.Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Department (SPC) Communication Communication technology vastly increases our ability to influence human thought and behavior. While these powers are often used to deceive and exploit, they can be used to liberate, enoble, and to enhance life. Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies designed to promote sensitivityand wisdom in the use of communication, since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and shared understanding. The primary aim of the department is to help students to communicate effectively through both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument: (2)to develop writing and speaking skills: (3)to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity: and (4)to provide a wide variety of realistic communication experience. Communication careers call for a broad liberal education, so the communication mqjor at Augsburg stresses the studies of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. For breadth we recommend double mqjors, and for practical experience we recommend participation in co-curricularcommunication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in internships under professional supervision. This mqjor is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion, politics, and law. The speech mqjor is designed to prepare students for teaching in the secondary schools. Theatre Arts Theatre is not primarily an extra-curricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances a liberal education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of their own humanitv. Theatre enables students to ex~eriencethe beauty, mystery, and ambi$uity of life. Minneapolis-St.Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students. The Augsburg program provides three possible emphases-acting, directing, and design-but encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production. While the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion. - - - - - Speech. Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Mark Arnbroz, Raymond Anderson, Judith Kirk, Gary Parker Honors Major: GPA of3.25in the major, 3.0overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in a t least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Communication Prospective mqjors should contact the department as early a s possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take 111,PSY 105,SOC 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 o r 352, 354,399and EMG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227,and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111;PHI 130;PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 354,360:Participation in forensics, and a 241 or 343,350,351,352, minor in English. Recommended: 366,courses in theater, participa- tion in drama. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the followand participation in forensics. ing: 241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360 Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speechtheatre arts. Any of these must be combined with a t least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 199 Internship Internship for lower division cre it. 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225.330 Visual Communications I, 11 (See under Department of Art) 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) Junior and Senior students only. 343 Radio-TelevisionProduction An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Not offered 1986-87) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening: introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertlslng and promotlon a s important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication major or cnlisent of instrt~ctor.Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages: emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 lndependent Study In Communication Selected tooics in soeech and communication. with e m ~ h a s i on s the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Theatre Mqjors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to mqjor in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,232 and 228.111 is not part of the mqjor. Theatre Arts Mqjor: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be sup- ported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modem Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116, 228, 232, 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, ad- vanced acting, and the children's theatre interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. 8. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229,232,350, 360,361,366, 367, plus advanced acting and the children's theatre interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,366,428,429,plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1in design, and 1 internship. Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232,360,361,366. Theatre Arts Mqjor For Teaching Licensure: 1 0 courses, including 111,116,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232,361,366; one ofthe following: 241,343,350; and participation in dramatic productions. Speech-TheatreArts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361,366; participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English. 1 1 6 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theatre, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 1 9 9 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 2 2 8 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theatre tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting,drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Alternate years, Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theatre History and Criticism Overview of theatre history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theatre productions, Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Spring) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction I1 In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, mkrsical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 4 2 8 Technical Production 11 Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) 429 Stage Design 11 Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Ron-Realism, Epic and the Absurd. 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own mqjor by combining appropriate portions of two mqjors may consider the Transdisciplinary Mqjor. The Transdisciplinary Mqjor enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed mqjor may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad mqjors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Mqjor are to observe the following: A. The mqjor program should include at least two-thirds of the courses re- quired in the normal mqjor programs of two mqjor fields offered at the college: 6. The student should design and sign a contract for such a mqjor prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies (INS) Faculty: Priscilla Buffalohead, Grace Dyrud, Ronald Libertus, Winston Minor, James Porter, Bonnie Wallace The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no mqjor or minor is offered, there is a certificate program in women's studies. Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such a s biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges a s well a s Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. See also WWAS under Metro-Urban Studies No. IV. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Rellglon in Afrfcan-AmedcanHlstory An examination of selected topics 1 elated to the black experience, e.g. Afr i ~ a nbaclqrounds, religion utldcr slavery, evangelicalism. Meets one reliqlnn requirement or thc IJrhan Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-AmericanStudies An interdisciplinary course providing an overvtew of Lhe major Issues related to the Black experience in terms of Lhe Family, education, religion, art, economics and politics. It is designed lo heighlen the student's consciousness regarding the African rrtcntinns in Rlaclc culture, Lhe evolution of Black culture and the impact of K l d ~ l ccuILurc on Ainerican society. 233 Womtnr Across-Culturat Perspective 'I his course will examinc a varirty ot issues concemlng the biological. evolr~tinnaryand historical orlglns olwnmen's roles and status In human society, Emphasis will be placed on Lhe cornparalive roles o l women in difrerent cultures. This camllarison will inclllde such Morth Amerlcan models as 111~Nava-]~,OJiI>wc, and Iroquois. Arrican modcIs such as the Pygmies and other trlbal gmups, and the peasan1 soclelies oC eastem Europe, Mexico, and the 1nlclr2leEasl and rural China. Offered periodically through C1iR ancl the Ainerican Indian Program olflce. 260 ContemporaryAmerican Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and erlucation. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions anlong selected lndlan Lrlbcs today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's J o ~ ~ r n a lspeeches. s, articles, short stories. poems. pla s and ollwr aeslliclic rres tions, the class will collectively assess the pos8ion of black and white wornen In American culture From the founcling of Ll?e cob ortles t o Lhc present. Cnntribuiions b y Indlan women, Chicanasand other "i~wisibIc"women rninoritics will he inclr~cted. 'ma : Caley say iIn Augsburg College Board o f R e g e n t s The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. Chair Donald R. Grangaard Secretary: Charles W. Amason Vice Chair: The Reverend Hams W. Lee Treasurer: Darrell J. Egertson The Hon. Pamela Q. Alexander (1990) Judge, Municipal Court, Minneapolis, MN Charles W. Amason. J.D. (1988) Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990) Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America, Nashville, TN w e l l Bergh (1990) President, Borton Volvo, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Nancy Bottemiller (1992) Homemaker, Wadena, MN 56482 Rodney P. Bunvell(1988) Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990) President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN Darrell J. Egertson (1988) Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corp., Minneapolis, MN Julian P. Foss (1990) Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. (1990) First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, M N Richard R. Green (1992) Superintendent, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, MN Raymond A. arinde (1990) Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, M N Carolyn T. Groves (1990) Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN Elling B. Halvorson (1990) Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osbome Construction Co., Kirkland, WA Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988) Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN Catherine E. Johnson (1990) Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN George 0. Johnson. Ph.D. (1990) Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988) Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, M N Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988) Control Data Business Advisors, ~ a n k a t oMN , Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990) Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept, of Education, St. Paul, MN Mr. Louls E. Navin (1990) Vice President & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988) Partner, Nodland, Conn, Nordaune, & Perlman, St. Louis Park, MN Mr. Howard E. Olson (1990) Executive Director, Lyngblomsten Foundation, St. Paul, M N Mr. Donald a. Oren (1988) President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, M N Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990) President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988) Writer, Minneapolis, M N Gladys I. Strommen (1990) Homemaker, St. Paul, M N Merton P. Strommen (1996) Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN Leland N. Sundet (1990) Chairman 61 Chief Executive OWcer, Century Manufacturing Co., Bloomington, MN David L. Swanson (1990) Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN Stanley W. Thiele (1992) Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN William A. Urseth (1992) Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN Board for College and University Services The ~merican Lutheran Church David L. A n d e r s o n , Minneapolis, Minnesota R o b e r t B o r g w a r d t . Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia B o s s e , Saginaw, Michigan Erwin H. G o l d e n s t e i n , Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn H e m s t a d . Olympia, Washington D o r i s H o l m a n , Los Angeles, California G u s t a v K o p k a , Jr., East Lansing, Michigan H a m l e t P e t e r s o n , Rochester, Minnesota R u t h Vogel, Seguin, Texas Administration - OFRce of the President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson .......................... Carolyn S. Magnuson ..................... . . ................................................. David T. Wold ........................................... A n C. 0,Halvorson President Executive Secretary t o t h e President College Pastor Director of Church Relations Academic AfFairs .... ............................ Vice President for Academic Affairs a n d Dean of t h e College Ryan A. LaHurd Lois M. Nielsen Executive Secretary t o t h e Academic Dean Associate Dean of t h e College a n d Director of Special , cia A. Parker Programs Director, Weeltend Co!lege Richard J. Thoni Sharon A. Stein Operations Manager, Weekend College Registrar J o h n A. Hill Donna D. McLean Assistant Registrar R a l p h W, Balley Recorder Frlstitulional Research Analyst Robert W,Clyde Hcatl Llbrilrlan M a r g a r e t Anderson Brian P. Hackney Director, Aadio.VTgua1 Center W. Willston Minor Minority Cnarclinator (Black Student Affairs) Minority Coordinator (American Indian Support Program) Bonnie A. Wallace Donald R. Gustafson Interim Director Director, Internatkana1Programs Mary A Kingsley Bradley P. Holt Internatio~islStudent Adviser Norman C. Noonan Director, Faculty Development Director, Cooperative Education G a n y W. Hesser ...................... .........,......,.. ................................................... ........................ . ....... .............................................. ................................................................ .............,,.,,.............,.,,,......... .................................................. ..................................... ................................................. .......................... .... ................................................... ......................................... ..................... . . . ...................... ............................................ .............................................. Development and College Relations ...........J e a n n e L. Narum .......................... Curtis J. Tilleraas ...................................................... T h o m a s I. Benson ................... ...... ......................Jeroy C. Carlson ......................Victoria J, Hoshal .................................~+... . . . .Douglas J. A d a m ................... .............Jeffrey Swenson ............................................Mary A d a m s Forsberg ........................ .......................................... Kay 1. Cady ........................ Morgan K. Brooke ....................... . . . ........J o h n Bruemmer Vice President for Development a n d College Relations Executive Secretary t o t h e Vice President Director, Planned Giving Senior Development Officer Director, Corporate a n d Foundation Relations Development Officer ., Director, Alumni/Parent Relations Director, College Relations Director, Publications Publication Specialist Development Officer/Annual Fund Finance and Management ....................... ....................................................... ........ ............................................................. ................................................................ ............................................................................ ....................... ....................................................... .................................. .............................................. .............................................. ...................................... ........................................................... ................................................................. Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne D. Pederson Executive Secretary to the Vice President Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services Herald A. Johnson Financial Aid Counselor Karen D. Plom Director, Personnel Sandra Jacobson Controller Laurie J. Johnson Director, Administrative Computer Center Daniel R. Cruikshank Manager, College Center Mildred A. Nelson Manager, central Services Charles E. Christopherson Director, PurchasindBook Store Robert P. Gores Director, SAGA ( ~ o g Services) d Robert Ollerman Director, Plant Services James Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena J a m e s J. Carey Student Affairs and Admissions .......... .......................... ....................... . . ........................ ................. ............................................. .............. ....................... ........................... ....................................... ..................................................... ................... ....... ............ .......................................... ................. ...... .................... .............................................. ........................................ ................................................................... Vice President of Student AtTairs and Dean of Students William R. Rosser Executive Secretary to the Vice President Dorothy M. Gauger Associate Dean of Students James B. Grubs Co-directors, Counseling Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater - Services Director, Academic Enrichment Donald M. Warren Director, Career Plannina and Placement Tina M. Waaner Coordinator, OfFcampu&tudent Employment .Lois A. Olson Director, Student Life and Housing Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg Director, Student Activities L i s a L. Woodruff Coordinator, Urness Tower Ava J. Young Coordinator, Mortensen Tower Sue J. Hohenstein Director, Admissions ..... C a r o l A. Stack Assistant Director, Admissions Eric L. Anderson Assistant Director, Admissions Scott C. Stensrud Assistant Director, Admissions Jeannette M. Wittmer Admissions Recruiter Sally Daniels - Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Courtland Agre Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Valeria Baltina Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister d e r Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chdslock Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., G u s t a w s Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K. Berner Dahlen Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwlck Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Bernhardt J. Kleven Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha J. Mattson Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Fdor C. Nelson Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College: D. Mus., Lakeland College. Paul T. Steen Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Teaching Faculty ,. Correct as of April 30,1986. (beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis) Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; B,Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985).Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean o f the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College: M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., University o f WisconsinMadison. Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A.. Middlebury College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lori J. Abrams (1985). Assistant Professor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Speech Communication, University of Minnesota. Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Roger E. Allerson (1981). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. b r l R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College: M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Mark T. Ambroz (1986). Lecturer, part-time, and Theater Arts. B.A., University o f Minnesota, Duluth. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Morthwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lucie Arbuthnot (1986). Lecturer in Interdisciplinary Studies, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Connecticut College For Women; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., New York University. Marjorie Audette (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. 6,s.. Marquette University: M.A., University of Iowa. . Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Joe Bash (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion, Weekend College. John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary: M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. James E. Billings (1970). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Blaha (1983). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota. Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Lynn Bollman (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. David W. Boots (1982). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artistprumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. James E. Brown (1985). ACTC part-time lnstructor in Russian. B.S.. University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (Part-time internship, 1986-87) Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A,, Kent State University. C. John Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. RosalieV. Clark (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Cleary (1986) Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota. Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M. Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota: Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace 6. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., Michigan State University: Ph.D., Colorado State University. - - - - - Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin. Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Concordia College: M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980), Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., St. Cloud State University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.E.E., M.S., University of Minnesota. Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. LA,, Augsburg College: M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert Mederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College: M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jeny Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College: M.A., Ph.D., University o f Chicago. Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B,M., DePauw University, Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Northeastern University. Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota: Ph.D. University of Kansas. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University: M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor o f Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S,, Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. C. Lea Ha11 (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A.. Macalester College: M.M.T., Antioch-New England Graduate School: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. Leif E, Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College, Moor head; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jay Hanson (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BOA.,University of Minnesota; M. Div. Virginia Theological Seminary. Nilda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (Part-time leave, 1986-87) Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Nebraska. Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Richard C. Herzog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University. Garry W. Hesser (1977). ksodnte Prnressor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Edl~catlonFmgram, R.A.. Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Fotre Dame. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1987) Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. A.A., WaldorfJunior College: B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion and International Student Adviser. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1986-87) Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A.. Rangoon University, Burma: M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Carla Johnson (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Bethel College. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; MS., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt: M.B.A., University of Michigan. Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California: J.D., University of Minnesota. Robert Karldn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatoly: M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Programs. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.A., Middlebury College. Judith A. Kirk (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Speech, Communication, Theater. B.S., Indiana University. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Studio ArtistIOboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College. Alvin L. IUoppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College: M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University: M.A., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. R. McFall Lamm. Jr. (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.A., North Carolina State University: Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University: MS.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald 1. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women and Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Windham College. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University o f Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman (1981). Director o f Chorale, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artistprombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Richard S. Marken (1974). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles: Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. (On leave 1986-87) Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota: M.A., University of lowa. Jerie McArthur (1983), Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College: M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton: M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Me. braska. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974).Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. (On leave Fall 1986 and Interim 1987) Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn S. Mlckelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University. Jan Miner (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Malyville College: M.A., University o f Tennessee. Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS., Juniata College; M.B.A,, University of Denver; MS., University of Oregon. Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska: M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973).Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J, Nilsson (1977).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania: M,A., Ph.D., Indiana University, Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mohammed Nouri (1982). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris: M.S., University of Minnesota. - Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Instructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Trudi A. Osnes (1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Anderson College; M.S., City University of New York; Ed.D., Ball State University. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; 8. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gary A. Parker (1983). Instructor in Speech, Communication and Theater. B.A., M.A., University of California-Davis. Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.M., Michigan State University. Lauretta E. Pelton (1970).Associate Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College: M.Ed., Marquette University. Paul render (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A,, University of Wisconsin. Douglas D. Perry (1976).Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College: M. Div., WartburgTheological Seminaty. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College: M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.M., University o f Minnesota. Diane L. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College: Ph.D., Yale Universi ty. Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College. Richard A. Ploetz (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Colorado State University. Shirley Polejewski (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.S., College of Great Falls: M.A.C., Utah State: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Craig L. Polsfuss (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., U.S. International University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Porter (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City: M.A,T., Converse College: B.Th., B. Div., Teamer, Religious and Educational Enterprises, Inc.: Hon. L.L.D., Cuyahoga College. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson (Fall 1986) of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College: B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminaty: M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. (On leave Interim and Spring 1987) Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College: Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College: M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College: M.M.M., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor o f Health and Physical Education and Director o f Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark T. Schelske (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.A., Carleton University; M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa State University: M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. Majorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor, Librarian, part-time. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor and Department Chairperson (Interim and Spring 1987) of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.Th., Luther Theological Seminaty; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana W. Skoglund (1978). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma W. Small (1978). Studio ArtistJVoice, part-time. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Stanley H. Solnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Paul G. Sonnack (1954). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; C.T., B.Th., Augsburg Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. Donald 6.Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S., MS., Long Island University. Daniel Sturm (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace 6. Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: MS., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A,, St. Olaf College: M.A,, University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor, part-time, Music. B.A., Hope College: M.M., Yale University: Ph.D., New York Universlty. Donald N. Warren (1978). Lecturer, part-time, lntro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Charles R. Williams (1984). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.A., North Carolina Central University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Nary Louise Williams (1978: 1984). Instructor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Dorothy J. Williamson (1970). Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Nacalester College. Helen A. Woelfel (1978).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University: M.S., Marquette University. Academic Calendar FALL 1986 .................................................M. Sep 1 ................................................Sa. Sep 6 ........................................ S u Sep 7 ............................................................ M. Sep 8 Labor Day recess Upperclass validation Freshmen registration Classes begin Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperflower division course to upper division Mid-term break Last day to designate grading option or move upperflower division course to lower division Interim registration Spring term pre-registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgivingrecess begins Classes resume Classes end .................................F. Final examinations begin Final examinations end Flnal grades due and lncompletes due from spring and summer '86 ..................... ...................F. Sep 19 ................. ....... . . . ...................F. Oct 24 . ........................................... F.Oct 31 ...................................................M. Nov 3 .F. Nov 7 ...................................M. Nov 17 .F. Dec 5 ........................... .F.Nov 21 .......................................Th. Nov 27 .................... . ............................M. Dec 1 .................... . . . Dec 12 ..........................................M. Dec 15 .........................................Th. Dec 18 .................................................M. Dec 29 Interim 1987 ............................................................ Classes begin M. Jan 5 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperflower division course to .................Jan ... 6 upper division Last day to designate grading option or move upperflower division course to lower division M. Jan 19 Last day to withdraw from a class W. Jan 21 Classes end F. Jan 30 Interim grades due F. Feb 6 .................................... ..................................................... .............................. ............................................................... ................................................... Spring 1987 ....Tu.Feb 3 ....................... . . . . ........................................................... W. Feb 4 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperllower division course to upper division Mid-term break begins Classes resume Last day to designate grading option car move upperllower division course to lower division Easter break begins Classes resume Last day to withdraw from a class Early registration for fall Classes end Final examinations begin Final examinations end Baccalaureate Commencement Final grades due and lncompletes due from fa11 '86and Interim '87 ................................................. ....Tu.Feb 17 ................. S a. Mar 21 .................................................... M. Mar 30 .................................................... F. Apr 3 ...................... .....................F. Apr 17 ........ .,....,........,.M Apr 20 ........................ . ..............................F. Apr 24 ..... .......M. Apr 2 7F. May .................... . . . - 8 ........................... ........... J. May 15 ................... . . .................M. May 18 ......................................... . T h May 21 ............................................... Su. May 24 ................... . . . . .. W. May 27 Summer School 1987 .......................................................................M. Jun IT.Jun 26 ........................... . ....................................M. Jun 29.F. Aug 7 Term 1 Term 11 Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration Classesbegin Labor Day recess Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperllower division course to to upper division Mid-term break Last day to designate grading option or move u .~ ~. e.r l l o wdivision er course to lower division Interim registration Spring term pre-registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving recess begins Classes resume Classes end Final examinations begin Final examinations end Final grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '87 .....................................Tu.Sep 1 .................... . ............................ ..W. Sep 2 .......................................................M. Sep 7 .................................................W.Sep 16 ................................... .............F. Oct 23 .....................................................F. Oct 30 .......................................... M. Nov 2 .F. Nov 6 ................................... .M.Nov 16 .F. Dec 4 ..............................W. Nov 25 ......................................Th. Nov 26 .........................................................M. Nov30 ...............................................................F. Dec 11 .......................................... M. Dec 1 4 .............................................Th. Dec 17 ........................................... M. Dec28
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1976
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG Augsburg College 731-21st Ave. So. Minneapolis, Mn. 55454 332-5181 Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible during the regular term. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required t o complete one interim for graduation). A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course requirement in religious studies. There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim course. One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted t o register for more than one course during the period. (;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI' INGS Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more rigorous grading standard. OIBTIONS June Interim At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay regular summer course tuition. Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must: 1) meet departmental requirements 2) present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who will direct the study submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration cancelled. Interims at Other Schools 3) Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall). Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged $310 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can be made t o the office of the interim director. CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. I I1 - 8:OO - 12:30 12:30 - 5:OO The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO. October 27-30 Interim Registration January 5 First Day of Interim Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. January 6 Last day for cancelladd January 9 Last day for determining grading system January 23 Last day for canceling class January 30 Interim ends Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475). Instructor: Paul Rusten Film-making I, Film-making I1 Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Lab Fee of $70.00. Prerequisites: None for Film-making I. NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to take Film-making 11. Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: East Hall Life Drawing Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil, contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk. There will be a $10.00 per student model fee. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Art Studio 6 The Arts of Spain Instructor: Philip Thompson A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists have led revolutions in the arts. The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created. Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125. Distribution: Humanities Scientific Racism Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams. Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent Distribution: Science/Math, Urban Time: I1 Room: Science 21 3 Evolution: Believe It or Not Instructor: Ralph Sulerud For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some o f the sessions. Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 205 Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson Nuclear Radiation Science (Biological Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students. The cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 Seminar: The Cutting Edge Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research. The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the biology major. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 212 BUS. AIDMIN. Principles of Managerial Accounting Instructor: Arnin Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Prerequisites: Business Administration 101 Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Office Technology Instructor: Gertrude Lund Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and international trade. Prerequisites: Typewriting Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences Instructor: Margaret Etter The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied, using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C. Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail. One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 1 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Instructor: Roy Hanson This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments. Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116 Distribution: None Time: I & I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Chemical Research Instructor: Courtland Agre This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before the start o f the interim. Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 318 Principles of Economics - Micro Instructor: Peter Morici An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 120 or 122. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 28 Welfare Economics Instructor: Ed Sabella Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory. Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 21 1%IBIJCATION Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary and Pre-school Use Instructor: Steven Reuter Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools. Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Library 4 1%I)IJCATl' ION SIJDIMIER Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Elementary) Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity. Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing Distribution: None Time: Summer Session 11I)UCATl' ION Audio-visual Media Instructor: Mary Alexander This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that assignments can be made with specific schools. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Distribution: None Time: I (and arranged) Room: Old Main 7 Things That Go Bump In The Night: The Literature of Fantasy Instructor: Ron Palosaari Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old Scottish prayer puts it: "From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties And things that go bump in the night Good Lord, deliver us. " We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will give us some additional fun. The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the four Tolkien books on the third day o f class. - Prerequisites: See above Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Science 205 The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror, Mystery and Detection Instructor: Lorraine Livingston Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe, Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject lectures o f his choice. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 1 Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More: The Short Story and Archetypes Instructor: Richard Sargent We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence, Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view, but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized, and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who wished to learn more about archetypal criticism. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 25 L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book: Instructor: Toni Thornton James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses. The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey. Prerequisites: One literature course Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Intermediate French I1 Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading. -- There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the group. Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected in Literature Instructor: William Oyler Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed. These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those discussed in class. This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200 years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a minor in German. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 8 History of the German Language Instructor: Don Steinmetz How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other? What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference between Low and High German. Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 1 Norwegian Composition and Conversation Instructor: Leif E. Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition. Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now residing in the Twin Cities area. Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field experience. Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous Literary Figures Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . . Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: Summer Session Room: Spanish Expression Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them; After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive, passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish. Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level Distribution: Language Time: I Room: Old Main 3 History of London Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist "When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford" (Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available. Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography, architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban or Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 The Japanese-American Experience Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice. Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience? Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable alternate project will be required. Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 18 From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History Instructor: Don Gustafson This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts, recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Library 1 IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW Philadelphia and the Quest for a Humane City Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city. The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city" will be a guiding theme for the course. Approximate cost: $235. plus meals. Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor. Distribution: Urban studies Time: I1 Room: Science 34 60272 Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European Civilizations in Transition Instructor: F. Mark Davis A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs. The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation. Harold Mitchell, Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s, Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean; Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction and Poetry. Caribbean: In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica. In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in Cap-Haitien. Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate Cathedral of America. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: None 60308 Victorian Woman INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings, letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied, either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters), the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in most cases) a class presentation. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I 1 Room: Library 201 Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes, agricultural techniques, and daily life. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I R o ~ m :Old Main 19 Exploring the Future Instructor: Sheldon Fardig We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us. Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking. Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and individual projects. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 318 Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics Instructor: Bev Durkee Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school mathematics) Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 320 The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making: An Introduction to Operations Research Instructor: Warren L. Persons Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a decision pro blem. Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality. Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications. There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is necessary). Lab fee: $10. Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 213 DIIJSIC Electronic Music Instructor: Robert Karlen Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional, contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer. Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students have access to a tape recorder. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 20 American Band Music (1776-1976) Instructor: Jim Carlson This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore; Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus. Student cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Olivet Hall 82290 Brigadoon DI USIC Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography, lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances. Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome). Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 11 Revelation and Human Knowledge Instructor: Mark Fuehrer This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception. The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and mystical insight. Prerequisite: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Safety and Drug Education Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss First Aid course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities and Rhythms Instructor: LaVonne Peterson Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Melby 12 Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team. Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's gymnastics team. Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Melby 13 'r 1'1 1T SICS The History of Astronomy Instructor: Ted Hanwick This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century. While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton, and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development of this subject. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 123 1'111 T SICS 'r Understanding the Weather Instructor: Ken Erickson An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background. Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation, forecasting and guest speakers. Prerequisites: None Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 22 1'111 T SICS 'r Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants. The cost d l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court on Church and State Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel 85295 An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required. 85495 Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their studies to the combined group and in a paper. Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission of the instructor. Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Science 22 The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film, might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions, involving interviews with relevant public officials. The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a separate cost and be individually arranged in England. The cost will be approximately $850-895. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Social Science America's International Politicians Instructor: Norma Noonan Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements: project and final examination. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Library 201 Creativity in Preschool Children Instructor: Duane Johnson What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction, and activities. Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child. Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 8 Your Personality and its Measurement Instructor: Lyla Anderegg Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Old Main 22 Computer Applications in Behavioral Science Instructor: Richard Marken An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in crowds. A lab fee of approximately $1 0. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Israel: A study in Social Change Instructor: Grace Dyrud Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: Room: The Behavior of Nerve Cells Instructor : Norm Ferguson Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system. Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors. Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 34 World Order and Religion Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting speakers. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 RELIGION Contemporary Religious Movements Instructor: Douglas Ollila A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna. Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t leaders. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Israel: Ancient and Modern Instructor: Philip Quanbeck The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in the whole o f the Middle East. The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results. Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City. In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a few days in London before returning to the U.S. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Religion Practicum in Human Services Instructor: Paul Steen With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors Time: I 1 Room: Memorial Hall 1 Human Service Issues in Selected Areas Instructor: Tony Wagner A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience. Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor. Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors) Time: I Room: Old Main 2 Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing Instructor : Gordon Nelson An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing. During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods. The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Melby 24 Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form, content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 Advanced Public Speaking Instructor: Ray Anderson This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship. Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Library 1 Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective Instructor: Joel Mugge The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well. While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required. The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Humanities Theater Practicum Instructor: Ailene Cole The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.) Room: Speech Auditorium SIDEIICII The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom See description under Political Science. SIBBIICII Advanced Acting Instructor: Esther Olson A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style. Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included. (Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.) Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Speech 43
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1977-1978
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible ...
Show more This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty adviser or the dean of the college. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 25, EXPENSES PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 98, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the interim in January. . . MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8 de~artments. . . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student MINOR . . . . . ELECTIVE.. . from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. , . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and activities are available to enrich your educafion, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or cofee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. The Campus I 1 Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Library Science Hall Old Main Mortensen Tower Urness Tower College Center The Quadrangle Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) --= --Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21 st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The 4- 1 -4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with class size averaging 2 5 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Recommended Programs for students in Dual Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and Engineering at Augsburg College. Any Augsburg academic major that meets the recommendations listed below would be eligible to participate in the Engineering program at Michigan Technical University or Washington University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg, and two years at either university. The majors that would most typically meet the recommendations would be physics, chemistry, and mathematics. Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors such as linguistics and library science are available through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. First Year English 11 1 Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 Religion 11 1 Electives in English or Social Science Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3 Second Year Economics 1 2 2 Math 2 2 4 , 226 Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 Physics 245 Foreign Language Religion Electives in Humanities or Social Science Third Year Advanced Math or Science Political Science 121 Electives to meet distribution requirements and to make a total of 2 6 courses Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg 1 1 1, English - 2 courses; General Biology 11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course Some variation from these recommendations can be accommodated since not all courses listed above are required in every Engineering curriculum and some may be transferred as free electives in some curricula. Questions may be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct communications with the head of the appropriate department at either Michigan Technological University or Washington University in St. Louis. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty advisor early in the freshman year. *Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may - wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course; English 1 1 1 and a second course (English 21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are acceptable second courses, Students exempted from the freshman English requirement may elect higher level English courses or general electives). Health Ed. 11 0 Math 11 4 (students who have a math proficiency beyond college algebra may elect to take calculus or general electives). Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses) Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour requirements courses should be chosen so as to fulfill the distribution requirements in humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g.. history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg Freshman English1Communications 2 courses; Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course; Chemistry (must include laboratory): General 11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory level; Other - anthropology, economics, geography, history and political science, psychology, social science and sociology courses can usually be used to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater and upper division foreign languages). Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the college of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. The library is open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual Center includes audio and television studios, and provides film rental and related services. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. [he interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange s, and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan camwses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the intercollegiate programs requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice auring the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg College is undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to pursue an honors program should address inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean. lnternship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Science degree. The degree Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble, and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, student activities, and residence living. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Career Planning and Placement services are available to all students, and a Minority Coordinator provides special support services and programs for minority students on campus. The office of Student Financial Services provides assistance with financial problems. A special Foreign Student Adviser works with students from other countries. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. students' rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student Government The Buckley Amendment Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects Students have the right to inspect all official records, files, and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Challenges may be made to the judicial council for a hearing. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for araduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission, complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5 . After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation The Transfer Process 1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1 . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 . Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for tHe program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 80% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately 80% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0 from Augsburg and all other sources. And federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 . Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $230. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE - See Study Abroad Adviser, Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson during the interim. - $2,850. SPECIAL FEES Study Abroad - NOT Cinema Arts, $20 Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy, $1 . o o . Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or $7.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Partial Board and Room - $1,310 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $915 5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract.'' Student Teaching, $ 3 5 A lunch contract is available to non-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year, 1977-78 Cost Summary Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0 Tuition - $2,850. (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half year billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second half year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 . Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his registration and/or being released from his housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule.. . 100% through the first five days of classes 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student to forced to cancel his registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. Students required by military law to enter the service will receive a full refund of tuition and proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 1 3 in one department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major [except Elementary Education] and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 3 5 total courses required. 5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. a. A course in writing (English Ill) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments (two different departments): economics, history, political science, sociology; and one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one or two additional activities in a semester. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Registration Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson Probation and Dismissal Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe JUNIOR, Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts SENIOR, below 1 . 6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7 - 15 courses below 1 . 9 having taken 1 6 - 2 4 courses below 2.0 having taken 2 5 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PIN. Grading An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 . Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students may select the traditional grading system in other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average For transfer students all grades are averaged to determine graduation with distinction. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 3 5 courses required for the degree. lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore . . 7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation. periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol # Courses may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. "Meets urban requirement. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and 3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others): * History of the United States American Studies 2 3 1, 260 History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5 (American emphasis) Religion 352, 3 6 3 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 2 6 5 Art 102 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78 # Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381, 3 8 3 Social Work 3 5 1, 463 * "American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) * 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Spring) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson 132 PHOTOGRAPHY STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3 art history courses, including 107; and three from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 . The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white photographic processes. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1 art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from 1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 , 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY. Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. 221 SCULPTURE l ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388. Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 223 PRINTMAKING I Fine arts and the environment in the local and world setting. Topics include art history, urban archaeology and environmental design leading towards appreciation and criticism. Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING 1 Introduction to painting media. Application of historical and contemporary techniques in acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography. typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall. Spring) 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 350 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART 351 CERAMICS II Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. Creative clay pieces with the throwing and handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART 355 PAINTING II A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8. Fall, Spring) 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq. : 10 7 or #) 399 INTERNSHIP 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) (K-12) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) Advanced work in various media, including silk Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 478 SCULPTURE II Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 (Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring) 111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 , 11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I); 3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill); 4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V); Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . ) 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring) 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 19 78. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate years). An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.. 112, 361, or 4'. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 491 SEMINAR A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on 476 MICROBIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 , 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring) Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Business Education 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295, 495 TOPICS If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring. Offered alternate years) 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (Interim) an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 108 CALCULATING MACHINES 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76) Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 76- 77) Economics MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 . 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 . Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120. Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above 3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ; and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Certification after July, 1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are also advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and 1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 11 5. Spring) 325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY This course is intended to meet the needs of medical technology majors and others not working toward a chemistry major. Theory and practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric . analysis and electrochemistry is covered in some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed. Theory and practice of spectroscopic, chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not meet requirements for a chemistry major.) 351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.) 361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate. with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen Major Concentration A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. East Asian Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; and two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to certification in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and Nursery School, and Secondary Education. Certification programs are offered in the following majors: American Studies, Art, Biology, Business Education, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for certification requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 and electives 2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the major. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hidher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs, Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim) 425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #.) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 . Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2 . 0 overall. 3 . Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary Education c ) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical education, or music majors Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 72. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 . Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. - 1 , B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their area. A person working for certification in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 , the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2 , For social studies certification: The program leading to certification in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for further information. 3 . The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Fall) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (See Language Department for information) Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq.: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall, Spring) school library. Extensive study of-evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Library Science 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological Univeristy in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving - financial aid who are participants in the Three. Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics 121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math 124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or 448) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Group Leadership, Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and 3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8 and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 . AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ; Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244; French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 , 2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Fall or Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE - A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (19 76- 77) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 368 MODERN DRAMA 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions, contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Fall, Spring) 490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Chinese Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at pre-registration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for certification. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0 GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. (Offered 19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second.semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. lnterim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 ) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered alternate years.) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL 111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Spring 19 7 7) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Fall, 19 76) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7) Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall 1 9 76) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 , Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring) I I 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or #. Fall) Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or equivalent. Fall) 31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some laboratory work and field experience required. Offered 1 9 77 Interim) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq. 3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate years.) standing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 , Spring) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered Spring, 19 77. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 . (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: under- A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (On demand) A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353, Fall, 1977) Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 19 78) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate years) An introduction to Spanish-American literature. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become certified teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and 3 . 0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1 200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairperson of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman. 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history, (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples, The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (SPrin g) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 ) Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781 Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and alternate years) Interdisciplinary Studies 357 FIELD EXPERIENCE lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions, aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life and learning in Urban Scandinavia. The student works in a community agency or institution. Reports and logs required. 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA 358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN STUDIES A review of current literature on urbanism, Seminar discussions. This interdisciplinary core course in urban studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines the extent, the nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place in contemporary Scandinavia and the changing settlement patterns and community developments that were associated with it. Minneapolis Urban Studies Term 359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS An overall view of the city as a political, economic, social system. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term 372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE This course includes a two-week intensive language study coupled with a series of 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA This is the second core urban studies course. In addition to the study of the housing developments themselves, this course pays close attention to the policies, the structures, the processes and character of the comprehensive social planning integrally related to the housing programs. Department of Math Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics in finite mathematics including linear programming, probability, and statistics with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Spring) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and math models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 215 LINEAR ALGEBRA 399 INTERNSHIP A study of vector spaces, linear tran~f~rmations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics in real and complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods. COBOL and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods. Machine language and FORTRAN. Materials primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 . Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1, 11 2 and two additional upper division (usually 3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or 11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 . Metro-Urban Studies Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ; Business Administration 131 ; Computer Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ; History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban Affairs (HECUA): 1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST) A "semester in the city" program focused upon the Twin City metro area. 2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A "semester in the city" located at the University of Oslo and focused upon Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning. Other electives in Urban Studies can also be taken at other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). For further information on these electives through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies, consult the director of the program. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karlen MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458, two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. Consult with the Education Department for requirements. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476, or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies including organ and voice; Performance Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435, 495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 , 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (folk dancing recommended); elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6 recommended). Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six-month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therpy. MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 , 260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 , 457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of Performance Studies; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 , 121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music and electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261, 4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Students intending to major in Music or Music Therapy must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in Music Therapy: 7 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: All majors: 2 years; minor, one year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term in Augsburg. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102, 224, Spring) Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 458 CONDUCTING The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 457 CONDUCTING 476 ORCHESTRATION 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music Therapy Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 . Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 1 9 79). MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and 3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 6 1 . In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 , 11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) , 351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4 and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. For admission to the program, a student must have completesd an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing, with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.3, and have a current license to practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or be preparing to sit for the state board examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing students are expected to complete course work in: Introductory sociology, introductory psychology, English composition, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. Students enrolling without course work in these areas, or having taken course work at non-accredited institutions, are expected either to test out of the courses or to take the required course work before undertaking the last year of the program. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 , 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communications, is also required in addition to the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above. 301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0 . nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Seminarilaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clients/families in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 3 2 0 , and 325). 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING 425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know about the world? What impact did oma antic ism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: 130 LOGIC Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 ) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 ) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 ) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox, (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 , 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231, 232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472, 4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10, 11 1, 350, 351, 360. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 , 243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 . Sprin g) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP 223 TEAM SPORTS Consult department chairman. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming. Fall) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 482 COACHING OF SPORTS History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50, 3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 , 35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Health Education 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and three courses above 1 2 2 . HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult witti the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226, 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226, 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 261 ELECTRONICS 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 245, 351, 352, Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to systematically explore a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; 3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122, 158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 . The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic. Students interested in secondary education may take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information on these and pending options. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #, Fall term of election years.) 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. * 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd. Prereq.: #). Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. * 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judical process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision- making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology. including readings from individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics: Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. :#) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson I I MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105, 264, 265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355, 367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 261. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study A structure the field psychology include psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq. : 105, Fall) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 35 1, Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended, Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1, Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor.) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 , Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.. 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 , 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3 and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. Religion 11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other courses. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time certify a Religion major or minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 . 11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES 361 CHURCH FATHERS The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions. monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring) 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS (See under Department of Music) A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the vadety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 19 76- 77) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 475 JUDAISM New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 495 SEMINAR An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS Scandinavian Area Studies MAJCR: 8 upper division courses. 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 19 76) and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 ) 372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 19 76) 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 360 EDDA AND SAGA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE See under Department of History. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for certifications are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July 1, 1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, or the Education Department for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students who desire a broad major in this area. This major consists of 1 4 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses in history; a distribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses: 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 , Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9 or 4 9 5 ) B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. For a Social Science major with a Non-Western emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382, 495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353, 461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social Sociology and Social Work - Sociology Chairman: Robert Grams MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. [Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.] This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above) HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Aubsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1. Spring) The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 , 231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257 (optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461, 463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5 courses in the Department of Sociology and Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or 1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 . Specializations in social work are available by appropriate selection of field experience and selection of a course as follows: for Aging, social work 372; for Corrections, sociology 373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer School). 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Anthony R. Wagner MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in Sociology and Social Work is allowed. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325, and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 . SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections, and Youth. A specialization consists of one Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in two senior year Social Work courses in the area of specialization. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods (a lecture-discussion session and a laboratory session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall) 362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8 hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week. (Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring. Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra class period per week.) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3 ) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall) 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional social worker in selected social welfare agency with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.: 46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examinatiqn in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ; Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 , Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and Philosophy 1 3 0 . COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1 and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in forensics. 11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English. 242 FILM-MAKING See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY and communication. (Fall) See under Department of Political Science. 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Spring) Theater Arts THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 , 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in drarntic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective group functioning. (Fall) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. f SP rin g) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241 or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION 399 INTERNSHIP 232 ACTING Consult Department Chairman for details. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design, and sign, a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year; (the contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906 Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0 Summary of Graduates Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,315 Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University, Department Chairman CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D, 1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) *RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Duke University BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of America 'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota *DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota *CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach) I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) "ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota *ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota *ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska *ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H. 1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) 'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College *GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University, Department Chairman 'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University, Department Chairman *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 , Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota "ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota (Spanish) *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 , Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) *IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois, and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota *DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice) *NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Bruce Gildseth Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Eugene Ecklund Carl Stromer Douglas P. Wasko Robert Gores Herald Johnson Charles Gerster Mildred Nelson Therese Morrison Michael Walgren James Carey Joseph Roberts Edwin Hovey Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charles Anderson F. Mark Davis Mildred Joel Beverly Wegge Marjorie Sibley James Olson Louise McColl Cynthia Mandl DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson Sigvald Hjelmeland Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Irene Steenson a . PUBLIC RELATIONS Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Mattos ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Jennifer Harvey Kathryn Lange Raymond Dahlof Leslie Samuelson STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh ........................ .................................. ......................... ................ . .......... Academic Administration 27 Academic Life................................. -12 Accreditation 7 Administration ................................. 97 Admission to the College 22 Advanced Placement 23 AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3 American Studies 32 Anthropology .84 Art. Department of -3-2 Bachelor of Music Degree 17, R 3 Biology. Department of -34 Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5 Business Administration 38 Business Education ............................ -30 Calendar 12 Campus 7 CampusMap 8 -41 Chemistry. Department of Chinese 51 Classification .................................. 31 Communications 87 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -62 Conservation of Human 15 Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy 1 5 70 Courses of Study 31 -32 Course Descriptions 32 31 Credit by Examination Degrees ...................................... 1 7 Divisional Organization 27 Early Admission ................................ 23 Early Decision 23 East Asian Studies .............................. 43 Economics .................................... 3 9 Education. Department of 43 Education. Elementary 44 Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5 Engineering 1 5 . 47 English. Department of .......................... 4 8 Enrollment 89 Expenses 25 12. 9 0 Faculty ................................... Financial Aid -24 Financial Information -25 Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5 Foodservice 19 51 French ForeignLanguages ............................. 51 25 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements 12 Geography .................................... 59 53 German Grading ...................................... 29 89 Graduates (1870.1975) Graduates. Summary of 89 27 Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction 30 ............................... .................................. ............................. .................... .......................... ......................... ...................................... ...................................... ................................... ....................... ....................................... ............................... . ............. .............................. .......................... . ........................... ............................. ........................... .......................... .................................. ........................ ........................... ............................... .................................... ..................................... ................................. ........................... ................................... ........................................ ........................ .................. .................................... ........................... .......................... ........................ ...................... Greek ........................................ 55 HealthEducation 72 History of Augsburg College ...................... 8 History Department of 57 Honors Program ................................ 1 7 Housing 19 Identification .................................. 6 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 Inter-Institutional Programs 14 Intercollegiate Athletics 18 Journalism ................................... -87 Library Science ................................ 4 R Location 6 Majors ........................................ 12 Mathematics. Department of 60 Medical Technology ......................... 15 â¬32 Metro-Urban Studies 62 Metro-Urban Studies 17 Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of ............................ 63 Music Therapy ................................. 6 5 6 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science 67 New Dimensions Program ........................ 19 Norwegian 55 Numbering of Courses ........................... 31 Nursing 67 Personnel of the College 97 Pre-Professional Training 13 Philosophy Department of 68 Physical Education 70 Physics Department of .......................... 7 2 Political Science Department of 74 Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8 Psychology. Department of 77 Recreation 18 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 Registration -28 Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9 Religious Life .................................. 1 8 Room Costs -25 Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81 Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2 Social Work .................................... 85 Sociology. Department of -83 Spanish ....................................... 5 6 -87 Speech. Department of Student Life ................................... 1 8 18 Student Services ............................... Summer School 17 Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7 Symbol(#) 31 . 3 2 88 Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major 89 Transfer to Augsburg 22 25 Tuition and Fees ................................ 7 Visiting the Campus ............................... ........................... . ...................................... . ............ ....................... .......................... ...................................... ...................... . ............................ .................... ................. ................................ .................................... ....................................... ......................... ........................ ........................ . . .............................. . ................... ....................... .................................... .................................. .................................. ........................ .......................... ................................ ................................. ................................... .......................... ............................ ............................. Academic Calendar For 1977-78 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1977 Sept. 6-7 Sept. 8 Sept. 21 Oct. 2 4 Nov. 2 3 Nov. 2 3 NOV.24-27 Nov. 2 8 Dec. 1 4 Dec. 1 5 Dec. 16-21 Dec. 22-Jan. 2 Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Reading Day Final Examinations Christmas Holidays lnterim 1978 Jan. 3 Jan, 27 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins lnterim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1 978 Feb. 1 Feb. 1 4 Mar. 1 7 Mar. 18-Mar. 26 Mar. 2 7 Apr. 21 May 1 2 May 15-18 May 21 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1988 ...................... .................... .......................... November 2-6 .Interim Registration December 7 .Late Interim Registration January4 .First Day of Interim Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1 p.m. January5 .Last Day for Cancel/Add January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses January29 .Interim Ends February 2 .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 3 .Spring Semester Begins ..................... . ............................... ........ ...................... The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock. About this Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the 26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are available in the same office. - Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Lourses Art d Li e Drawing A T 247-48001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 J PlantsUand Civilization BIO 102-48002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 1 Biological Evolution BIO 107-48003 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisite: High School biology Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 212 Business H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility o Business f; B S 270-48004 Instructor: Dick Herzog In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior. Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action, truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so on. There will be lectures, discussions and probably some guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays on assigned topics. There will be a final examination. Prerequisite: Ethics recommended Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Management Simulation Games BUS 278-48071/378-48072 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be able to apply business concepts learned. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and ECO 112 or permission of instructor Room: Psych 3 Time: I1 " Chemistry ' fur Changing Times CHE 100-48005 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Chemistry in Health CHE 120-48006 Instructor: John Holum This course will progress from a study of basic principles of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-48061 Instructor: Jean C. Kung This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 319 Computer Science f7 ~ort;an CSC 270-48007 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Economics Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-48008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.) Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban Concerns Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Planned Economies (Soviet Union, Yu oslavia, India) 8 EC 495-48009 Instructor: Satya Gupta Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic problems of these countries. Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper. Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Education Student Teaching EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014 EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015 EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016 EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through the Ages ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025 Instructor: Joan Griffin "Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king who ever lived, Arthur of Britain. But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead, he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the world has need of a leader as great as he. In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur). King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he become throughout the centuries7 Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred, Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail and Excalibur. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a class discussion and write a long paper based on additional readings. Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-48019 Instructor: John Mitchell Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by preference. This course will examine the language of rock and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their cultural implications and themes. Students will be required to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals. Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Five College Advanced Short Fiction Writing ENG 362-48058 Instructor: Carol Bly This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged. We will explore sophisticated means of writing short American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot, sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can manage. Grades will be based on writing, class participation and evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles. Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing and permission of Professor John Mitchell Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E French Beginning French FRE 111-48057 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course works toward the discovery of French culture and the French way of life. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction t o Yiddish GER 220-48070 Instructor: Don Steinmetz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7 They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL ri~~,a Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Phwsical Education II Recreational Rhythms and Activities PE 232-48022 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and alternate Fridays Room: Melby H Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48023 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the student to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam. Prerequisite: Instructor's permission Distribution: Lifetime sport Beiltg H14man INS 18848063 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves. The course will emphasize reading original sources from various historical periods, and frequent written interaction with those readings. Several short papers plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 24 Images of America: From Wilderness Forest to Urban Sprawl EVE INS 188-48064 Instructor: Ron Palosaari When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee the city and escape its problems by going back to nature. In this course we will study some works of literature and other texts that will help us understand how we got our attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and then study some of the development of American ideas about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two and have several guest speakers. Texts: L. Mumford, The City in History, selections I Plato, The Republic, selection Bible, selections Augustine, The City of God, selections R.W.Emerson, "Nature" H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux" E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd" S . Crane, Maggie J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain J.C. Oates, Them Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Leadership in the City flz/E INS 188-48065 Instructor: Richard Nelson It has often been observed that leadership cannot be taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this course we will study leadership within the context of the city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will view the ancient and modern city and selected problems within urban culture which require the development of various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this material will be historical in nature. The third week of the course will be devoted to time spent observing the city. Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition, you will work in teams to view the life of the city and formulate questions and observations about the nature of our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in class. During the course you will write four short papers (3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the city, and write three short exams. Each component, the short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in discussions will count 10% of your final grade. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 16 1 H Urban Theatre and Art 11v,C INS 188-48065 4 Instructor: Julie Bolton The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others. The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/ real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/ healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic, Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History. Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page critical reviews will be written and shared with the group as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Interdisciplinary Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the World of Work INS 299-486% Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation. Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 11). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll. Women, Men and the Bible INS 181-48027 Instructor: Bev Stratton Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and relationships of women and men in the family and in the church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society? We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project. Prerequisites: An open mind Distribution: urban/women/minority Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Politics and Process in Education INS 183-48053 Instructor: Norm Ferguson Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of the formal education you are experiencing? How have the educational methods you have been exposed to shaped your view of yourself and the world7 The objectives of this course are to examine the processes used today in American education (from elementary school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological, sociological). The content of the courses will include topics such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the alternative approaches to education being used currently in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one class presentation. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: Psych 2 The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in the Computer Age INS 185-38029 Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we will examine these questions: Are human beings in some sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7 Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay items. Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt INS 262-480 Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings, lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants will meet with people and organizations representing the countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800 from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from January 7 through January 24. Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30. Mathematics Shaping Up MAT 151-48056 Instructor: Bev Durkee A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry. The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations at midterm and final. Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 112 H Math of Interest MAT 173-48062 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 H The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-48028 Instructor: Larry Copes Lower-division mathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: Science 205 Music E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-48033 Instructor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students planning to major in music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 26 E Improvisation in Music MUS 129-48032 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Time: I1 Room: Music 4 The Electronics of Music MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031 Instructor: Robert KarlCn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Norwegian Be inning Norwegian g NO 111-48034 Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and , a final examination. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Nursing Pends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-48035 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Philosophy Readings in Mystical Literature: The Western Padition PHI 390-48036 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the various forms of mystical experience based on discussions of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by short papers and final examination. This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a perspectives course. Time: I Room: Memorial 323 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-48037 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? For example, what does science have to say about values? These and other questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge, and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and an individual study project. Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and one course in natural science Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Phusics ~&oduction to Weather PHY 106-48040 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 123 The Physics of Music PHY 112-48038 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 The Starship Accords PHY 180-48039 Instructor: Mark Engebretson You have been selected to participate in the establishment of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during flight to: A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable for colonization. B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of the new colony. C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community. Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the above and on two short quizzes. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library 1 Po Iitical Science II Patterns of Change in the Middle East POL 268-38068/468-48069 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics and international relations while examining Middle East political life. Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power and political concepts. How ideas and social movements confront each other amidst rapid technological and social change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in the region. All students will read an introductory text and select from recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel, Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All students will give oral critiques of two books from the set of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries. Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An additional final essay applying comparative theory to two Middle East countries will be required for upper division students. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 H Political Economy POL 459-48041 Instructor: Joseph Goldman This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political science and economics, we will look at the concepts, models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate, GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement are covered. Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case study or policy study in consultation with the instructor. The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the total grade. Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science or economics Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Psych 3 Ps ycilology H Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-48042 Instructor: Paul Hirdman Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understanding and insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: Psychology 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-48043 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 27 The ~ u t h e r a n Heritage REL 345-48044 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in class on the second day. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-48052 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Social Work Ex loring Human Services SJ K 257-48055 Instructor: Francine Chakolis This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Melby 24 Issues of Hornelessness SWK 339-48051 Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal. 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Psych 2 H Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-48059 Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern - ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal social policies. These policies have established services available to all citizens in health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social policy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 23 in The International Center, Old Main 20. Field Work III SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046 Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-48047 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, written assignments, and/or examinations. Distribution: Urban/Minority Time: I Room: Old Main 25 .- Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-48048 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selections from different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one novel and a number of poems. Student evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Speech, Communication, Theatre Children's Theater SPC 285-48049 Instructor: Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary. Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage Two H Television News Production SPC 344-48050 Instructor: Warren Harmon This will be a basic course in television news production taught on location. Students will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a television studio. Students should have some previous TV coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information. Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton Time: I Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23, 1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside H The English School and Family H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century: Modernity and Tradition H German Language and Culture H The Greek Experience H Hawaii: A Cultural History H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier International Law and Business in a European Environment H The Irish Renaissance H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary Problems H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and Power Mexico: The Old and the New H From Monastery to Manufacturing: The Dawn of Capitalism The Natural History of New Zealand Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts H The Vikings These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-48073 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washin on D. C. Interims ? Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-48073 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-48074 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in his class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-48067 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F Room: Melby
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of cl...
Show more Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72 Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70 I I FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970 June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. .................... Fri. Final registration and beginning of classes Final examinations M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. .................... Classes begin Final examinations ...................... SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970 July 17 ................. July 20 Aug. 14 .................. .................. ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 4 ..................... Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . . WINTER TERM Dec.1 ..................... Dec. 2 ................. Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. .......... Jan.4,7:45a.m. ........... Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 2 2 . . .................. Feb. 23 .................... Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ........... March 3-9 ................. SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 10 .................. March 16 .................. April 7,9:00 p.m. .......... April 13,7:45 a.m. ......... May5 ..................... May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 19 .................... May21 .................... May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May30 .................... .... Fri.-Tues. ................ Tues., Wed, .............. Thurs. ................... Wed. .................... Wed. .................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. Wed.-Tues. ............... Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Tues. .................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. .................... Fri. ...................... Mon. .................... Tues. .....-......-....... M o n ..................... Tues. .................... Wed.-Tues. .............. Wed.-Tues. .............. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. .................... Tues. .................... Wed. ................... Fri. ...................... Wed. .................... Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins Classes resume Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement ............... Fri. ...................... Mon.-Fri. ................ Sun. ..................... Academic Calendar FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 ...................... June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mon. July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and Beginning of classes Holiday Final examinations S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1 July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M o n....................... Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72 FALL TERM Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N o . .............. N0v.p .................... NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . . ... N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2 1.. 7"" WINTER TERM Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F e b . M d p 3 - 3 ......... kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b T W ~ I .lYI.\ .IL'VE 1 K 1 P ---. I. 1 2 3 l'GI I JL 1 ...................... Tucs. Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Easter recess begins , Classet resyne,;, Spring pre-registration Last day for cancelling classes Cap and gown day Last day of classes Final examinations Baccalaureate, Commencement Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . . ..........--.......-.. Tues. Wed. ...................... Tues....................... Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fri. % ....................... Wed. ...................... Fri. ....................... Mon-Fri. .................. Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lq-I ! ..................... Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S M T W T F nr'TORTR 1971 SEPTEilRER 1 9 2 t"T1 Al1(;li- 910 6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8 11213 13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617 20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 35 26 27 23 P.30 31 1 9P( T\IFlEH 1 . 1 Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Christmas recess begins Classes resume Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Term break Mon. SS H T W T F S 1 T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. ...................... Mon....................... SPRING TERM March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . March 14 . . . . . . . , ........ March 29,9:00 p.m. ........ April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . . May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May5 ..................... May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . . May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Freshman Welcome Week Registration Classes begin Last day for adding classes Last day for cancelling classes Last day of classes Reading day Final examinations Thanksgiving recess Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr i. ....................... / ' S Fri.-Tues. ................. Tues., Wed. ............... Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed. ...................... Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wed.-Tues. ................ Wed.-Tues. ................ s f 1314 51617 8 910111213114 ~ 1 M T W T F NOVEMBER 1971 IMIWT-F-S S SLT-W-T-PS . 1 2,314 5 6 7 8 91011 3 1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10 22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17 2'3'30 31 1 1 . I,, FEBKI' Z H I I'I': 242728230 I 1. MARCH 1972 2425262718330212030 31 APRIL 1'1": \ l A Y lq7> Mile 6 AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES O F STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus. GENERAL INFORMrK>N Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South at 7% Street. Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181. AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS To contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which i s appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s an observation lounge at the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000 volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff. Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room. A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of 750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University, the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72 R t/ TUITION ($1.650) New freshmen, transfer. or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or $550 per quarter. Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term. $45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying 1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour. Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students carrying more than 18 credits per term are charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science, $20. Student Teaching, $SO. Improvement of Reading, $25. Music Lessons (10 per term). $45. Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day): Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5. Cinema Arts. $1 0. BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020) For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per quarter) partial or full board. For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per quarter) partial or full board. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week; a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week (excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday, for $68 per quarter. Linen service, required in residence halls. approximately $30 per year. FEES, required but not refundable or transferable: General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper. admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students. OTHER COSTS Change in registration after first three days of classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration after classes begin: $5 per day. Graduation Fee: $1 5. Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy. $1. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according t o schedule on file. Students required t o enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. Books and supplies are available from the bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a charge account.basis. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Fees and costs are subject t o minor adjustments. DEPOSITS Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; t o be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied t o the tuition charge (under early decision program. payment is due January 1 ). Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students, $25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge. Not refundable. Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0 Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due August 20, November 20, and February 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a service charge of $25 per year. No student is permitted t o register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides t o cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term. the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial Aid in the form of scholarships, Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and employment is available. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required t o submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship Service. designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required t o submit a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form each year. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable $1 500 a year and renewable for four years. for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 All applicants must take the National Merit (C average). Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for state financed scholarships and grants while atselor. tending Augsburg College. Applications must be obtained through the high school counselor. The Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable with outstanding high school records and high for four years. scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 t o full tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband, of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music. vidual's interests, abilities, and character. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry. tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and $2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability. fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and department. academic achievement. SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student ship Committee of the College. who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships Preference is given to such students from Chetek each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or tries. These scholarships may be awarded in the Northern Wisconsin District of the American amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition. Lutheran Church. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year t o upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds given by friends and family t o honor the memory of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career. ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran one year's full tuition for a student from Norway Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student way set up for this purpose. selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students. tory with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award. in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award- ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical education. . . ~ ~- - Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teachIng. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth. former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue higher education without assistance. The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne. business administrator of the college from. 1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually t o selected students preparing for Christian service. 'I. ?ii. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically t o an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan t o continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement. a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota. The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An annual award of one or more scholarships will be made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre- paring for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse. professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually t o a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis- try at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by the Federal Government. The grants vary from $ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial need as determined by C.S.S. The grants are restricted t o students taking a full time load and are renewable for four years. -- LOAN FUNDS National Defense Student Loans established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year. September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment begins nine months after graduation or leaving school. United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which an educational loan is obtained directly from a bank or other commercial lender. The federal government guarantees the loan t o the lender and assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine months after graduation or leaving school. Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic year. Applications are available in the Office of the Dean of Students. State Loan Programs are provided by some states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state regardless of where they attend college. Applications for these loans must be obtained from the specific state agency that is responsible for administering the program. These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. The college also participates in the federally financed College Work Study Program. Under this program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work per week during the academic year and the job must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school. type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduation class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have at least 12 academic credits in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four credits of English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign language, social studies. mathematics, and science. A credit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer t o be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. required t o make the $100 tuition deposit within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies t o the cost of tuition. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges t o send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. A student can apply before taking the SAT. See your counselor about registering for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey. Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT. 4. An interview on campus is encouraged. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted t o the Office of Admissions. Applications may be obtained by visiting. writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1. the class may be filled well in advance of this date. Students applying under the Early Decision Program which is described below will receive the admissions decision about December 1. All other applicants will be notified concerning admission about two weeks after their application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit is due before April 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after April 1 are EARLY DECISION An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December I . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed. has been provided, the student must agree t o withdraw applications made t o other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. EARLY ADMISSION An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for early admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of his junior year. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory. and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg College will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College-Level Examinations offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar. CAMPUS LIFE CAMPUS LIFE There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom, laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus. RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student. who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services. both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered. including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom experience and t o enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances, talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall. The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports center. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities. and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research experiences in various areas of chemistry. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education. Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement. Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity t o participate actively in local. state and national politics. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper classmen. The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries. The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of social service. The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent, agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness of the problems and concerns in politics and education. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS ' . q.. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally t o Canada. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program, gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests. skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the College Center for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading. student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least t w o years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election t o membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and scholarship. The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship, leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the whole man. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College. Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service. Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available t o them as they meet the problems of daily life. A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information. The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies. including the constitutions, activities and schedules. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the campus. Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students. w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged t o enroll i n this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred t o them. Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1. All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing. Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Office of the Director of Housing. All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options. Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available t o students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1. All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement fee. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the College Master Calendar is also kept by the office. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. Completion of a major. A total of 180 quarter credits. At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply toward the major. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 4 History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...................................................... 5 Religion 11 Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25 Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 4 Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the sophomore, junior, and/or senior years. The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12: (2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations. t:. The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech 41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings. Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement. The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement. If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make a total of four terms. .his I Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics, or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation. In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15. or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Classical Languages Economics Economics and Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech. Communication, and Theater Arts Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year. A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek, Latin, and Library Science. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: ... Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+ . -3.49+ Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 grade average grade average grade average To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very . good. 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit f ........................................................ - . . . . . . . . . . .Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete .. W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may be cancelled after the eighth week of classes. A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours and grade points: Sophomore Junior Senior Credits 36 84 130 Grade Points 72 168 260 Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are part-time students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation: Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5 Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6 Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8 Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0 A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed above, If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation until the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness. the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAM INATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination. Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and bring it t o the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are r t:. .his '. I interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of.the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade-point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. - THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being planned. In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer with the chairmen of these departments. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's credits in the Augsburg Summer School. In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20 through August 14. In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours. Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe availability of desired courses, and, depending the date of application, may. .permit reduced - upon . .. tuition charges. For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions, interested persons should write to: Summer School Office / Augsburg College / Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 . .-- raw d . ,- & ..& w: . . M 'M ,- I . . - . . II. i r .--. I - - . . ,. - -2 I i , . . . A I m -&,. - 1- m=F d f W'".@a""'lrl -d -k -gH& f ' 1- hn ma- CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives or Major H. P.E. 1,2,3 JUNIOR Philosophy Speech-Communication Electives or Major I Cr. 5 4 5-6 1/3 Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 5 1/3 1/3 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4-5 16 12 12 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Science or Math Fine Arts Pol. Sci. or Economics Electives or Major SENIOR Religion Electives or Major Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - 4 6 6 Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 15 12 15 AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11,12 History 1,2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21,22 H. P.E.1,2,3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech-Communication Fine Arts Religion 63* History 55* Psychology 81' Sociology 58,* 59* Philosophy 65* Electives (non-major) *Electives in the major program Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4-5 - - 4 - - 5 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 SOPHOMORE Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20,* 21 Electives Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 4 4 5 Term SENIOR Religion 60* Political Sci. 56* History 56* Education 87* English 82* Political Sci. 22* American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) 1 I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 r = - 4 4 - 4, 4 -- 4 - i s & - 4-6 + - ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN Religion II English 11,12 Foreign Lang. History I Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology II H. P.E. 1,2,3 I Cr. 5 5 2 4 lh Term II I l l Cr. Cr. 5 4 2 4 1/3 5 5 ; 4 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Lang. Natural Sci. or Math Philosophy Art 21 Art 18,55 History 2 History 61 Electives JUNIOR Term I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Art 87,88 Art 50,67 History 3 Speech-Communication Music 30 History 21,22 Electives - 4 4 4 4 4-5 4 - 5 - Religion Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 86,68,78 Art 98 History 71,95 Art 99 Electives 4 - - 5 8 Term I I Ill Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 - Term I II I l l Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 8 4 4 4 3 - - - 4 4 4 4 ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Term II Ill I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion II English l l , 1 2 Foreign Language History 1,2, or 3 Art 7,8 Art 13,12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1,2,3 - 5 - 5 5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 JUNIOR Teim I II Ill Cr. Cr. Cr Art 88,86,87 Art 50,67 H. P.E. 10 Education 50,58 Education 52,53,54 Education 62,59 Music 30 Elective 5 5 4 4 4 0 4 4 4 - 0 2 4 - 4 5 2 0 3 - SOPHOMORE Religion Foreign Language Natural Sci. or Math. Philosophy Speech-Communication Art 21 Art 18,55 Psychology 5 Elective SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83,87 Pol. Sci. or Econ. Art 68,99 Art 78 Electives Term II I l l I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 4 5 4 - 4 - 4-5 - 4 4 - 4 - - 5 4 . - Term I I1 Ill Cr.. Cr. Cr. 10 5 - - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 3 8 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modi